HomeMy WebLinkAbout20050127Application.pdfSTGEL
HEGE1;vErJ m
FILED '
. '
zons J~N21 ":qJ
101 S. Capitol Boulevard, Suite 1900
Boise, Idaho 83702
main 208389.9000
fax 208.389.9040
ATTORNEYS AT lAW
www.stoel.com
iLl 0 PUBLiC
UTILiTiES GOr1M1SSIOp.t
January 27 2005
MARY S. HOBSON
Direct (208) 387-4277
mshobson(fYstoel.com
VIA HAND DELIVERY
Jean Jewell, Secretary
Idaho Public Utilities Commission
472 West Washington Street
O. Box 83720
Boise, Idaho 83720-0074
Re: Case No. Qw 13 - i "'C) I
APPLICATION FOR APPROVAL OF INTERCONNECTION AGREEMENT
Dear Ms. Jewell:
Enclosed for filing with this Commission on behalf of Qwest Corporation and eAcceleration
Corp. is an original of the Application for Approval of Interconnection Agreement. The
parties respectfully request that this matter be placed on the Commission Decision Meeting
Agenda for expedited approval.
Please contact me if you have any questions concerning the enclosed. Thank you for your
assistance in this matter.
Very truly yours
~~~
~ MarYSJiObSO
:blg
Enclosurecc: Service List
Oregon
Washington
California
Boise-180685.10029164-00016
Utah
Idaho
Mary S. Hobson (ISB# 2142)
Stoel Rives LLP
101 South Capitol Boulevard - Suite 1900
Boise, ill 83702
Telephone: (208) 389-9000
Facsimile: (208) 389-9040
msho bson~stoel. com
JYE9 0
, !'-
2915JAP. ;2"
..
i'i~"'i'
U '
' iDi\HO ~UtiLIG' TIL/TiES CfJHtf11SStfJH
Terri Adkins
eAcceleration Corp.
1050 NE Hostmark Street - Suite 100B
Poulsbo, W A 98370
Telephone: (360) 598-2855 ext. 5200
terria~eaccel eration. com
JOINT APPLICATION OF QWEST
CORPORATION AND eACCELERATION
CORP. FORAPPROV AL OF THE
INTERCONNECTION AGREEMENT FOR
THE STATE OF IDAHO PURSUANT TO 47
U .C. 252 E
BEFORE THE IDAHO PUBLIC UTILITIES COMMISSION
- T - 65-0'CASE NO.
APPLICATION FOR APPROVAL OF
INTERCONNECTION AGREEMENT
Qwest Corporation ("Qwest") and eAcceleration Corp. ("eAcceleration ) hereby jointly
file this Application for Approval of Interconnection Agreement ("Agreement"). A copy of this
Agreement is submitted herewith.
This Agreement was reached through voluntary negotiations without resort to mediation
or arbitration and is submitted for approval pursuant to Section 252( e) of the Communications
Act of 1934, as amended by the Telecommunications Act of 1996 (the "Act"
Section 252(e)(2) of the Act directs that a state Commission may reject an agreement
reached through voluntary negotiations only if the Commission finds that: the agreement (or
portion(s) thereof) discriminates against a telecommunications carrier not a party to this
agreement; or the implementation of such an agreement (or portion) is not consistent with the
public interest, convenience and necessity.
eAcceleration and Qwest respectfully submit that this Agreement provides no basis for
either of these findings, and, therefore jointly request that the Commission approve this
APPLICATION FOR APPROV AL OF INTERCONNECTION AGREEMENT
Boise-180686.1 0029164-00016
Page 1
Agreement expeditiously. This Agreement is consistent with the public interest as identified in
the pro-competitive policies of the State of Idaho, the Commission, the United States Congress
and the Federal Communications Commission. Expeditious approval of this Agreement will
enable eAcceleration to interconnect with Qwest facilities and to provide customers with
increased choices among local telecommunications services.
eAcceleration and Qwest further request that the Commission approve this Agreement
without a hearing. Because this Agreement was reached through voluntary negotiations, it does
not raise issues requiring a hearing and does not concern other parties not a party to the
negotiations. Expeditious approval would further the public interest.
Respectfully submitted this 27th day of January, 2005.
Qwest Corporation
~~-
Stoel Rives LLP, Attorneys for Qwest
and
Terri Adkins
eAcceleration Corp.
APPLICATION FOR APPROVAL OF INTERCONNECTION AGREEMENT
Boise-180686.l 0029164-00016
Page 2
CERTIFICATE OF SERVICE
I hereby certify that on this 2ih day of January, 2005, I served the foregoing
APPLICATION FOR APPROV AL OF INTERCONNECTION AGREEMENT upon all
parties of record in this matter as follows:
Jean Jewell, Secretary
Idaho Public Utilities Commission
472 West Washington Street
O. Box 83720
Boise, Idaho 83720-0074
1j ewell~puc.state.id. us
Hand Delivery
U. S. Mail
Overnight Delivery
Facsimile
Email
Hand Delivery
U. S. Mail
Overnight Delivery
Facsimile
Email
Terri Adkins
eAcceleration Corp.
1050 NE Hostmark Street - Suite 100B
Poulsbo, W A 98370
Telephone: (360) 598-2855 ext. 5200
terria~eaccel erati on. com
...,
vf /'l
" ,
fJ,
..;
(ll' il&/'
+'/
~1."Z~ /ft.
;~_
Brandi L. Gearhart, PLS
Legal Secretary to Mary S. Hobson
Stoel Rives LLP
APPLICATION FOR APPROVAL OF INTERCONNECTION AGREEMENT
Boise-180686.l 0029164-00016
Page 3
Resale Agreement
Between
awest Corporation
and
eAcceleration Corp.
in the State of
Idaho
November 9 , 2004
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 1.0 - GENERAL TERMS............................................................................................
SECTION 2.0 - INTERPRETATION AND CONSTRUCTION .....................................................
SECTION 3.0 - RESELLER NFORMA TION......................................................... ............. ........ 6
SECTION 4.- DEFINI"TIONS ...................................................................................................
SECTION 5.0 - TERMS AND CONDITIONS ...............................
~.............................................
GENERAL PROVISIONS..................................................................................................
TERM OF AGREEMENT ..................................................................................................
PROOF OF AUTHORIZATION............................
................................... .......................... ..
4 PAYMENT.....................................................................................................................
INSURANCE............................................................
..................................................... .
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY ........................................
:......................................................
INDEMNITY ...................................................................................................................10 INTEllECTUAL PROPERTY..............................
.............................................................. .
11 WARRANTIES ...............................................................................................................
12 ASSIGNMENT............
,...................................................................................................
13 DEFAULT ..................
...................................................................................................
14 DISCLAIMER OF AGENCY...............................................................................................15 SEVERABiliTY ..............................................................................................................16 NONDISCLOSURE ........................................................................
:................................
17 SURVIVAL ....................................................................................................................18 DISPUTE RESOLUTION ..................................................................................................19 CONTROlliNG LAW .....'.."'..............."."
'......"....".'...".'...............................................
20 RESPONSIBILITY FOR ENVIRONMENTAL CONTAMINATION ................................................21 NOTICES
................ .............................. .........................~...... ........................................
22 RESPONSIBILITY OF EACH PARTY...................................
............................................. ..
23 No THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES ..................................................................................24 RESERVED FOR FUTURE USE.
,......................................................................................
25 PUBLICITY................................................................................................................... .26 EXECUTED IN COUNTERPARTS.............................
........................................................ .
27 COMPLIANCE............................................................................................... ............... .28 COMPLIANCE WITH THE COMMUNICATIONS ASSISTANCE LAW ENFORCEMENT ACT
OF 1994 ......................................................................................................................29 COOPERATION............................................................................................................. 32.
30 AMENDMENTS ..............................................................................................................31 ENTIRE AGREEMENT.....................................................................................................
SECTION 6.0 - RESALE ..........................................................................................................
DESCRIPTION ...............................................................................................................
TERMS AND CONDITIONS ..............................................................................................
RATES AND CHARGES.................................................................................................. .
ORDERING PROCESS..........................
...................................................................... ....
BilliNG........................................................... ......... ......................... .......................... .
MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR................................
~................................................. .........
SECTION 7.0 - WHITE PAGES DIRECTORY LlSTINGS.........................................................44
Qwest Resale Template 4-08-04 Version 1.
11-04/swd-ms/eAcceleration Corp/ldaho/CDS-0411 05-0032
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 8.0 - NETWORK SECURITY..................................................... ............... ................48
SECTION 9.0 - ACCESS TO OPERATIONAL SUPPORT SYSTEMS (OSS)............................
DESCRIPTION.............................................................................................................. .
. 9.OSS SUPPORT FOR PRE-ORDERING , ORDERING AND PROVISIONING .............................
MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR................. .
~........... ............................................................ .
SECTION 10.0 - DIRECTORY SERVICES ......
.........................................................................
SECTION 11.0 - SERVICE PERFORMANCE ..........................................................................
SECTION 12.0 - SIGNATURE PAGE .......................................................................................
Owest Resale Template 4-08-04 Version 1.
11-04/swd-ms/eAcceleration Corp/ldaho/CDS-O411 05-0032
TABLE OF CONTENTS FOR EXHIBITS
EXHIBIT A Rates
EXHIBIT B Service Performance Indicators
EXHIBIT C Reserved for Future Use
EXHIBIT 0 Reserved for Future Use
EXHIBIT E Reserved for Future Use
EXHIBIT F Reserved for Future Use
EXHIBIT G Change Management Process (CMP)
EXHIBIT H Reserved for Future Use
EXHIBIT Reserved for Future Use
EXHIBIT J Reserved for Future Use
EXHIBIT K Performance Assurance Plan
Owest Resale Template 4-08-04 Version 1.
11-04/swd-ms/eAcceleration Corp/ldaho/CDS-0411 05-0032 iii
Section 1
General Terms
Section 1.0 - GENERAL TERMS
Intentionally Left Blank.
This Agreement is effective upon the approval of the Commission, and is between
eAcceleration Corp ("Reseller ) a Delaware corporation and Qwest Corporation ("Qwest"), a
Colorado corporation~ pursuant to Section 252 of the Telecommunications Act of 1996, for
purposes of fulfilling Qwest's obligations under Sections 222 251 (a), (b), and (c), 252, 271 , and
other relevant provisions of the Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
This Agreement sets forth the terms , conditions and pricing under which Qwest
will offer and provide to any requesting Reseller, Ancillary services, and Telecommunications
Services available for resale within the geographical areas in which both Parties are providing
local exchange service at that time , and for which Qwest is the incumbent Local Exchange
Carrier within the state of Idaho for purposes of providing local Telecommunications Services.
This Agreement is available for the term set forth herein.1.4 Because the Statement of Generally Available Terms and Conditions (SGAT) is
Qwest's standard contract offer, Resellers with a current Resale Agreement may opt into
through Section 252(i) of the Act, any provision of the Statement of Generally Available Termsand Conditions (SGA T) by executing an appropriate amendment to its current Resale
Agreement.
1.4.When opting into a provision contained in an existing Resale Agreement
or the SGAT , Qwest may require Reseller to accept Legitimately Related provisions to
ensure that the opted into provision retains the context set forth in the Resale Agreement
or the SGAT. The expiration date of the Resale Agreement from which the opted into
provision was selected or the expiration date specified in the SGAT respectively,
whichever is closer to the present date, shall be considered Legitimately Related. In all
other instances, Qwest bears the burden of establishing that a Resale Agreement or
SGAT provision is Legitimately Related.
1.4.To opt into a provision of the SGAT through Section 252(i), Resellermust provide Qwest with written notice of such' intention specifying in detail the
provisions of the SGA T selected in the form of a proposed amendment to the Resale
Agreement which has been signed by Reseller. Qwest shall make a form or sample
amendment as well as the currently effective SGAT, available in electronic form for use
by Reseller to prepare the written notice. Once Qwest receives such written notice, it
shall have a reasonable period of time to submit a formal written response either
accepting the change and signing the amendment or identifying those additional
provisions that Qwest believes are Legitimately Related and must also be included as
part of the amendment. If Qwest identifies additional provisions that Qwest believes are
Legitimately Related , Qwest shall specify the provisions in the proposed amendment, if
any, to which the additional provisions are not Legitimately Related and which could be
included in a revised proposed amendment that would be acceptable to Qwest. Under
ordinary circumstances, a reasonable period of time shall be deemed to be fifteen (15)
business days. In addition, Qwest shall provide to Reseller in writing an explanation of
why Qwest considers the provisions Legitimately Related , including legal, technical , or
other considerations. In extraordinary circumstances, where Reseller requested
modification is complex, Qwest shall have additional time to perform its review. When
Owest Resale Template 4-08-04 Version 1.
11-04/swd-ms/eAcceleration Corp/ldaho/CDS-0411 05-0032
Section 1
General Terms
such extraordinary circumstances exist, Owest will notify Reseller in writing within fifteen
(15) business days from the notice and advise Reseller that additional time is necessary.
In no event shall a reasonable period of time be deemed to be greater than twenty (20)
business days from the time of Reseller s notice.
1.4.If Owest has identified additional provisions that Owest believes are
Legitimately Related and has specified provisions in the proposed amendment to which
those provisions are not Legitimately Related , Reseller may provide Owest with a
revised proposed amendment that deletes the disputed provisions, which Owest shallaccept and sign. Regardless of whether Reseller provides Owest with a revised
proposed amendment, if Reseller disputes Owest's written response that additional
SGA T provisions are Legitimately Related , then Reseller may immediately demand that
the dispute be submitted to dispute resolution and Reseller shall submit such dispute to
dispute resolution within fifteen (15) Days from such receipt of Owest's response.
Reseller may, at its sole option , elect to have the dispute resolution conducted through
one of the following methods of dispute resolution:
1.4.The dispute may be settled by the Commission. Such dispute
resolution shall be conducted pursuant to Commission rules or regulations
specifying a procedure for submission, hearing and resolving issues pursuant to
Section 252(i) of the Act or rules and regulations specifying procedures for
submission of a dispute arising under a Resale Agreement, as appropriate. If the
Commission shall not have established any such rules or regulations, Reseller
may file a complaint with the Commission. The Commission may elect to hear
the complaint under expedited procedures.
1.4.The dispute may be settled by arbitration. Such an arbitration
proceeding shall be conducted by a single arbitrator. The arbitration proceedings
shall be conducted under the then-current rules of the American Arbitration
Association (AAA). The Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.C. Sections 1-, not state
law, shall govern the arbitrability of the dispute. All expedited procedures
prescribed by AAA rules shall apply. The arbitrator s award shall be final and
binding and may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. Except for a
finding of bad faith as set forth in 1., each Party shall bear its own costs and
attorney s fees, and shall share equally in the fees and expenses of the
arbitrator. The arbitration proceedings shall occur in the Denver metropolitan
area or in another mutually agreed upon location.
1.4.Each Party to the dispute shall bear the responsibility of paying
its own attorney s fees and costs in prosecuting/defending the action. However
if either Party is found to have brought or defended the action in "bad faith", then
that Party shall be responsible for reimbursing the other Party for its reasonable
attorney s fees and costs in prosecuting or defending the action.1.4.4 If Owest accepts a Reseller proposed change to adopt certain SGA
language and signs the amendment, the Parties shall begin abiding by the terms of the
amendment immediately upon Reseller s receipt of the signed amendment. Owest shall
be responsible for submitting the proposed change to the Commission for its approval
within ten (10) business days from receipt of the signed amendment. The amendment
shall be deemed effective upon approval of the amendment by the Commission.
Owest Resale Template 4-08-04 Version 1.
11-04/swd-ms/eAcceleration Corp/ldaho/CDS-0411 05-0032
Section 1
General Terms
In consideration of the mutual promises contained herein and other good and valuable
consideration , the Parties agree to the terms , conditions and prices as contained in thisagreement:
Owest Resale Template 4-08-04 Version 1.
11-04/swd-ms/eAcceleration Corp/ldaho/CDS-0411 05-0032
Section 2
Interpretation and Construction
Section 2.0 -INTERPRETATION AND CONSTRUCTION
This Agreement includes this Agreement and all Exhibits appended hereto, each
of which is hereby incorporated by reference in this Agreement and made a part hereof. All
references to Sections and Exhibits shall be deemed to be references to Sections of, and
Exhibits to, this Agreement unless the context shall otherwise require. The headings and
numbering of Sections and Exhibits used in this Agreement are for convenience only and will
not be construed to define or limit any of the terms in this Agreement or affect the meaning and
interpretation of this Agreement. Unless the context shall otherwise require, any reference to
any statute , regulation, rule, Tariff, technical reference, technical publication , or any publication
of Telecommunications industry administrative or technical standards , shall be deemed to be a
reference to the most recent version or edition (including any amendments, supplements
addenda, or successor) of that statute , regulation , rule, Tariff, technical reference, technical
publication , or any publication of Telecommunications industry administrative or technical
standards that is in effect. Provided however, that nothing in this Section 2.1 shall be deemed
or considered to limit or amend the provisions of Section 2.2. In the event a change in a law
rule regulation or interpretation thereof would materially change this Agreement, the terms of
Section 2.2 shall prevail over the terms of this Section 2.1. In the case of any material change
any reference in this Agreement to such law, rule , regulation or interpretation thereof will be to
such law, rule, regulation or interpretation thereof in effect immediately prior to such change
until the processes set forth in Section 2.2 are implemented. The existing configuration of either
Party s network may not be in compliance with the latest release of technical references
technical publications , or publications of Telecommunications industry administrative ortechnical standards.
The provisions in this Agreement are intended to be in compliance with and
based on the existing state of the law, rules , regulations and interpretations thereof, including
but not limited to state rules, regulations , and laws, as of April 1 , 2003 (the Existing Rules).
Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed an admission by Owest or Reseller concerning the
interpretation or effect of the Existing Rules or an admission by Owest or Reseller that the
Existing Rules should not be changed , vacated, dismissed , stayed or modified. Nothing in this
Agreement shall preclude or ~stop Owest or Reseller from taking any position in any forum
concerning the proper interpretation or effect of the Existing Rules or concerning whether the
Existing Rules should be changed , vacated , dismissed, stayed or modified. To the extent that
the Existing Rules are vacated , dismissed , stayed or materially changed or modified , then this
Agreement shall be amended to reflect such legally binding modification or change of the
Existing Rules. Where the Parties fail to agree upon such an amendment within sixty (60) Days
after notification from a Party seeking amendment due to a modification or change of the
Existing Rules or if any time during such sixty (60) Day period the Parties shall have ceased to
negotiate such new terms for a continuous period of fifteen (15) Days, it shall be resolved in
accordance with the Dispute Resolution provision of this Agreement: It is expressly understood
that this Agreement will be corrected , or if requested by Reseller, amended as set forth in this
Section 2., to reflect the outcome of generic proceedings by the Commission for pricing,
service standards , or other matters covered by this Agreement. Rates in Exhibit A will reflect
legally binding decisions of the Commission and shall be applied on a prospective basis from
the effective date of the legally binding Commission decision, unless otherwise ordered by the
Commission. Any amendment shall be deemed effective on the effective date of the legally
binding change or modification of the Existing Rules for rates, and to the extent practicable for
other terms and conditions, unless otherwise ordered. During the pendancy of any negotiation
for an amendment pursuant to this Section 2., the Parties shall continue to perform their
obligations in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, for up to sixty (60)
Qwest Resale Template 4-08-04 Version 1.
11-04/swd-ms/eAcceleration Corp/ldaho/CDS-0411 05-0032
Section 2
Interpretation and Construction
Days. If the Parties fail to agree on an amendment during the sixty (60) Day negotiation period
the Parties agree that the first matter to be resolved during Dispute Resolution will be the
implementation of an interim operating agreement between the Parties regarding the disputed
issues, to be effective during the pendancy of Dispute Resolution. The Parties agree that the
interim operating agreement shall be determined and implemented within the first fifteen (15)
Days of Dispute Resolution and the Parties will continue to perform their obligations
accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement ' until the interim operating
agreement is implemented. For purposes of this section
, "
legally binding" means that the legal
ruling has not been stayed , no request for a stay is pending, and any deadline for requesting a
stay designated by statute or regulation, has passed.
Unless otherwise specifically determined by the Commission , in cases of conflict
between this Agreement and Qwest's Tariffs, PCAT, methods and procedures, technical
publications, policies, product notifications or other Qwest documentation relating to Qwest's or
Reseller s rights or obligations under this Agreement, then the rates, terms and conditions of
this Agreement shall prevail. To the extent another document abridges or expands the rights or
obligations of either Party under this Agreement, the rates , terms and conditions of this
Agreement shall prevail.
Qwest Resale Template 4-08-04 Version 1.
11-04/swd-ms/eAcceleration Corp/ldaho/CDS-0411 05-0032
Section 3
Reseller Information
Section 3.0 - Reseller INFORMATION
Except as otherwise required by law, Qwest will not provide or establish ancillary
~ervices and/or resale of Telecommunications Services in accordance with the terms and
conditions of this Agreement prior to Reseller s execution of this Agreement. The Parties shall
complete Qwest's "New Customer Questionnaire " as it applies to Reseller obtaining of
ancillary services, and/or resale of Telecommunications Services hereunder.
Prior to placing any orders for services under this Agreement, the Parties will
jointly complete the following sections of Qwest's "New Customer Questionnaire
General Information
Billing and Collection (Section 1)
Credit Information
Billing Information
Summary Billing
Operations Support Systems (OSS) and Network Outage Notification Contact
Information
System Administration Contact Information
, Ordering Information for resold services
The remainder of this questionnaire must be completed within two (2)
weeks of completing the initial portion of the questionnaire. This questionnaire will be
used to:
Determine geographical requirements;
Identify Reseller identification codes;
Determine Qwest system requirements to support Reseller s specific activity;
Collect credit information;
Obtain Billing information;
Create summary bills;
Establish input and output requirements;
Create and distribute Qwest and Reseller contact lists; and
Identify Reseller hours and holidays.
Resellers that have previously completed a Questionnaire need not fill
Qwest Resale Template 4-08-04 Version 1.
11-04/swd-ms/eAcceleration Corp/ldaho/CDS-0411 05-0032
Section 3
Reseller Information
out a new 'New Customer Questionnaire ; however, Reseller will update its New
Customer Questionnaire with any changes in the required information that have
occurred and communicate those changes to Qwest. Before placing an order for a new
product, Reseller will need to complete the relevant new product questionnaire and
amend this Agreement.
Owest Resale Template 4-08-04 Version 1.
11-04/swd-ms/eAcceleration Corp/ldaho/CDS-0411 05-0032
Section 4
Definitions
Section 4.0 - DEFINITIONS
Act" means the Communications Act of 1934 (47 U.C. 151 et. seq.), as amended , and as
from time to time interpreted in the duly authorized rules and regulations of the FCC or the
Commission.
Affiliate" means a Person that (directly or indirectly) owns or controls, is owned or controlled by,
or is under common ownership or control with, another Person. For purposes of this paragraph
the term 'own' means to own an equity interest (or the equivalent thereof) of more than
percent.
Applicable Law" means all laws , statutes, common law, ordinances, codes , rules , guidelines
orders, permits and approval of any governmental regulations, including, but not limited to, the
Act, the regulations , rules , and final orders of the FCC and the Commission , and any final
orders and decisions of a court of competent jurisdiction reviewing the regulations, rules, or
orders of the FCC or the Commission.
ATIS" or "Alliance for Telecommunications Industry Solutions is a North American
telecommunication industry standards forum which, through its committees and working groups
creates, and publishes standards and guidelines designed to enable interoperability and
Interconnection for Telecommunications products and services. ATIS Standards and
Guidelines, as well as the standards of other industry fora , are referenced herein.
Automatic Location Identification" or "All" is the automatic display at the Public Safety
Answering Point (PSAP) of the caller s telephone number, the address/location of the telephone
and supplementary emergency services information for Enhanced 911 (E911).
Automatic Location Identification/Database Management System or "All/OMS" is
Enhanced 911/(E911) database containing End User Customer location information (including
name, service address, telephone number, and sometimes special information from the local
service provider) used to determine to which Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP) to route the
call and used by the PSAP for emergency call handling (i.e., dispatch of emergency aid).
Basic Exchange Telecommunications Service" means unless otherwise defined
Commission rules and then it shall have the meaning set forth therein, a service offered to End
User Customers which provides the End User Customer with a telephonic connection to, and a
unique local telephone number address on, the public switched telecommunications network
and which enables such End User Customer to generally place calls to, or receive calls from
other stations on the public switched telecommunications network. Basic residence and
business line services are Basic Exchange Telecommunications Services. As used solely in the
context of this Agreement and unless otherwise agreed , Basic Exchange Telecommunications
Service includes access to ancillary services such as 911 , Directory Assistance and operator
services.
Bill Date" means the date on which a Billing period ends, as identified on the bill.
Billing" involves the provision of appropriate usage data by one Telecommunications Carrier to
another to facilitate Customer Billing with attendant acknowledgments and status reports. It
also involves the exchange of information between Telecommunications Carriers to process
claims and adjustments.
Qwest Resale Template 4-08-04 Version 1.
11-04/swd-ms/eAcceleration Corp/ldaho/CDS-0411 05-0032
Section 4
Definitions
Carrier" or "Common Carrier" See Telecommunications Carrier.
Central Office" means a building or a space within a building where transmission facilities or
circuits are connected or switched.
Central Office Switch" means a Switch used to provide Telecommunications Services
including, but not limited to:
End Office Switches" which are used to terminate End User Customer station loops, or
equivalent, for the purpose of interconnecting to each other and to trunks.
Centrex" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.
Commission" means the State Regulatory Commission or Board with jurisdiction for the
services provided pursuant to this Agreement. In the State of Idaho
, "
Commission" means the
Idaho Public Utilities Commission.
Communications Assistance for Law Enforcement Act" or. "CALEA" refers to the duties and
obligations of Carriers to assist law enforcement agencies by intercepting communications and
records, and installing pen registers and trap and trace devices.
Confidential Information" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.16.
Current Service Provider" means the Party from which an End User Customer is planning to
switch its local exchange service or the Party from which an End User Customer is planning to
port its telephone number(s).
Customer" is a Person to whom a Party provides or has agreed to provide a specific service or
set of services, whether directly or indirectly. Customer includes Telecommunication Carriers.
See also , End User Customer,
Day" means calendar days unless otherwise specified.
Digital Signal Level" or "DSL" means one of several transmission rates in the time-division
multiplex hierarchy.
Effective Date" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.
Electronic Bonding" is a real-time and secure electronic exchange of data between information
systems in separate companies. Electronic Bonding allows electronic access to services which
have traditionally been handled through manual means. The heart of Electronic Bonding is
strict adherence to both International and National standards. These standards define the
communication and data protocols allowing all organizations in the world to exchange
information.
End User Customer" means third party retail Customer that subscribes to a
Telecommunications Service provided by either of the Parties or by another Carrier or by two (2)
or more Carriers.
Enhanced Services" means any service offered over Common Carrier transmission facilities
that employ computer processing applications that act on the format, content, code , protocol or
Qwest Resale Template 4-08-04 Version 1.
11-04/swd-ms/eAcceleration Corp/ldaho/CDS-0411 05-0032
Section 4
Definitions
similar aspects of a subscriber s transmitted information; that provide the subscriber with
additional, different or restructured information; or involve End User Customer interaction with
stored information.
Enhanced 911" or "E911" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.
Environmental Hazard" means any substance the presence, use, transport, abandonment or
disposal of which (i) requires investigation, remediation , compensation, fine or penalty under
any Applicable Law (including, without limitation , the Comprehensive Environmental Response
Compensation and Liability Act Superfund Amendment and Reauthorization Act Resource
Conservation Recovery Act, the Occupational Safety and Health Act and provisions with similar
purposes in applicable foreign , state and local jurisdictions) or (ii) poses risks to human health
safety or the environment (including, without limitation , indoor, outdoor or orbital space
environments) and is regulated under any Applicable Law.
Exchange Access" (IntraLATA Toll)" is defined in accordance with Qwest's current IntraLATA
toll serving areas, as determined by Qwest's state and interstate Tariffs and excludes toll
provided using Switched Access purchased by an IXC. "Exchange Access" as used in the
remainder of the AGREEMENT shall have the meaning set forth in the Act.
Exchange Message Interface or "EMI" means the format used for exchange
Telecommunications message information among Telecommunications Carriers. It
referenced in the Alliance for Telecommunications Industry Solutions (ATIS) document that
defines industry guidelines for the exchange of message records.
Exchange Message Record" or "EMR" is the standard used for exchange
Telecommunications message information betw~en telecommunications providers for bilJable
non-billable, sample, settlement and study data. EMR format is contained in BR-01 0-200-01 0
CRIS Exchange Message Record , a Telcordia document that defines industry standards for
exchange message records.
Exchange Service" or "Extended Area Service (EAS)/Local Traffic" means traffic that
originated and terminated within the Local Calling Area as determined by the' Commission.
FCC" means the Federal Communications Commission.
Firm Order Confirmation" or "FOC" means the notice Qwest provides to Reseller to confirm thatthe Reseller Local Service Order (LSR) has been received and has been successfullyprocessed. The FOC confirms the schedule of dates, committed to by Qwest for the
Provisioning of the service requested.
Information Service is the offering of capability for generating, acquiring, storing,
transforming, processing, retrieving, utilizing, or making available information via
Telecommunications , and includes electronic publishing, but does not include any use of any
such capability for the management, control , or operation of a Telecommunications system or
the management of a Telecommunications Service.
Interexchange Carrier" or "IXC" means a Carrier that provides InterLATA or IntraLATA Toll
services.
lnterLATA Traffic" describes Telecommunications between a point located in a Local Access
. Qwest Resale Template 4-08-04 Version 1.
11-04/swd-ms/eAcceleration Corp/lda~o/CDS-0411 05-0032
Section 4
Definitions
Transport and Area (LATA) and a point located outside such area.
lntraLATA Toll Traffic" describes IntraLATA Traffic outside the Local Calling Area.
Legitimately Related" terms and conditions are those rates, terms, and conditions that relate
solely to the individual, service being requested by Reseller under Section 252(i) of the Act, and
not those relating to other, services or elements in the approved Agreement. This definition is
not intended to limit the FCC'interpretation of "legitimately related" as found in its rules
regulations or orders or the interpretation of a court of competent jurisdiction.
Line Information Database" or "LlDB" shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 6.
Local Access Transport Area" or "LATA" is as defined in the Act.
Maintenance of Service charge" is a charge that relates to trouble isolation. Maintenance of
Service charges are set forth in Exhibit A. Basic Maintenance of Service charges apply when
the Qwest technician performs work during standard business hours. Overtime Maintenance of
Service charges apply when the Qwest technician performs work on a business day, but outside
standard business hours, or on a Saturday. Premium Maintenance of Service charges apply
when the Qwest technician performs work on either a Sunday or Qwest recognized holiday.
Miscellaneous Charges" mean cost-based charges that Qwest may assess in addition to
recurring and nonrecurring rates set forth in Exhibit A, for activities Reseller requests Qwest to
. perform, activities Reseller authorizes, or charges that are a result of Reseller s actions, such as
cancellation charges, additional labor and maintenance. Miscellaneous Charges are not
already included in Qwest's recurring or nonrecurring rates. Miscellaneous Charges are listed
in Exhibit A.
911 Service" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.
NXX
" "
NXX Code
" "
Central Office Code " or "CO Code" is the three (3) digit Switch entity
code which is defined by the D, E , and f digits of a ten (10) digit telephone number within the
NANP.
Operational Support Systems" or "OSS" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.
Ordering and Billing Forum" or "OBF" means the telecommunications industry forum , under the
auspices of the Carrier Liaison Committee of the Alliance for Telecommunications Industry
Solutions, concerned with inter-company ordering and Billing.
Parity" means the provision of non-discriminatory access to Resale, and other services
provided under an Agreement to the extent legally required on rates, terms and conditions that
are non-discriminatory, just and reasonable. Where Technically Feasible, the access provided
by Qwest will be provided in "substantially the same time and manner" to that which Qwest
provides to itself, its End User Customers, its Affiliates or to any other party.
Party" means either Qwest or Reseller and "Parties" means Qwest and Reseller.
Person" is a general term meaning an individual or association , corporation, firm, joint-stock
company, organization , partnership, trust or any other form or kind of entity.
Qwest Resale Template 4-08-04 Version 1.
11-04/swd-ms/eAcceleration Corp/ldaho/CDS-0411 05-0032
Section 4
Definitions
Performance Indicator Definitions" or "PIDs" shall have the meaning set forth in Exhibit B.
POTS" means plain old telephone service.
Proof of Authorization
" ("
POA") shall consist of verification of the End User s selection and
authorization adequate to document the End User s selection of its local service provider.
Proprietary Information" shall have the same meaning as Confidential Information.
Provisioning " involves the exchange of information between Telecommunications Carriers
where one executes a request for a set of products and services from the other with attendant
acknowledgments and status reports.
Public Safety Answering Point" or "PSAP" is the public safety communications center where
911/E911 calls for a specific geographic area are answered.
Public Switched Network" includes all Switches and transmission facilities, whether by wire or
radio, provided by any Common Carrier including LECs, IXCs and CMRS providers that use the
NANP in connection with the provision of switched services.
Resale Agreement" or "Agreement" is an agreement entered into between Qwest and Reseller
for ancillary services and resale of telecommunication services as a result of negotiations
adoption and/or arbitration or a combination thereof pursuant to Section 252 of the Act.
Reseller" is a category of Resellers who purchase the use of Finished Services for the purpose
of reselling those Telecommunications Services to their End User Customers.
Stand-Alone Test Environment" or "SATE" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.
Tariff' as used throughout this Agreement refers to Qwest interstate Tariffs and state Tariffs
price lists, and price schedules.
Telecommunications" means the transmission , between or among points specified by the user
of information of the user s choosing, without change in the form or content of the information as
sent and received.
Telecommunications Carrier" means any provider of Telecommunications Services, except that
such term does not include aggregators of Telecommunications Services (as defined in Section
226 of the Act). A Telecommunications Carrier shall be treated as a Common Carrier under the
Act only to the extent that it is engaged in providing Telecommunications Services, except that
the Federal Communications Commission shall determine whether the provision of fixed and
mobile satellite service shall be treated as common carriage.
Waste" means all hazardous and non-hazardous substances and materials which are intended
to be discarded , scrapped or recycled , associated with activities Reseller or Qwest or their
respective contractors or agents perform at Work Locations. It shall be presumed that all
substances or materials associated with such activities, that are not in use or incorporated into
structures (including without limitation damaged components or tools, leftovers, containers
garbage , scrap, residues or by products), except for substances and materials that Heseller
Qwest or their respective contractors or agents intend to use in their original form in connection
with similar activities, are Waste. Waste shall not include substances , materials or components
Qwest Resale Template 4-08-04 Version 1.
11-04/swd-ms/eAcceleration Corplldaho/CDS-0411 05-0032
Section 4
Definitions
incorporated into structures (such as cable routes) even after such components or structure are
no longer in current use.
Wire Center" denotes a building or space within a building that serves as an aggregation point
on a given Carrier s network, where transmission facilities are connected or switched. Wire
Center can also denote a building where one or more Central Offices , used for the provision of
Basic Exchange Telecommunications Services and Access Services , are located.
Work Locations" means any real estate that Reselleror Qwest, as appropriate, owns, leases or
licenses, or in which it holds easements or other rights to use, or does use , in connection with
this Agreement.
Terms not otherwise defined here, but defined in the Act and the orders and the rules
implementing the Act, shall have the meaning defined there. The definition of terms that are
included here and are also defined in the Act, or its implementing orders or rules , are intended
to include the definition as set forth in the Act and the rules implementing the Act.
awest Resale Template 4-08-04 Version 1.
11-04/swd-ms/eAcceleration Corp/ldaho/CDS-0411 05-0032
Section 5
Terms and Conditions
Section 5.0 - TERMS AND CONDITIONS
General Provisions
Intentionally Left Blank.
Intentionally Left Blank.
Intentionally Left Blank.1.4 Each Party is solely responsible for the services it provides to its End
Users and to other Telecommunications Carriers. This provision is not intended to limit
the liability of either Party for its failure to perform under this Agreement.
The Parties shall work cooperatively to minimize fraud associated with
third-number billed calls, calling card calls , and any other services related to this
Agreement.
Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent either Party from seeking to
recover the costs and expenses if any, it may incur in (a) complying with and
implementing its obligations under this Agreement, the Act, and the rules, regulationsand orders of the FCC and the Commission , and (b) the development, modification
technical installation and maintenance of any systems or other infrastructure 'which it
requires to comply with and to continue complying with its responsibilities and
obligations under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Owest shall not
assess any charges against Reseller for services, facilities, ancillary services and other
related works or services covered by this Agreement, unless the charges are expressly
provided for in this Agreement. All services and capabilities currently provided
hereunder (including resold Telecommunications Services and ancillary services) and all
new and additional services to be provided hereunder, shall be priced in accordancewith all applicable provisions of the Act and the rules and orders of the Federal
Communications Commission and orders of the Commission.
Term of Agreement
This Agreement shall become effective upon Commission approval
pursuant to Section 252 of the Act (the Effective Date). This Agreement shall be binding
upon the Parties for a term of three (3) years and shall expire three (3) years from the
Effective Date.
Upon expiration of the term of this Agreement, this Agreement shall
continue in full force and effect until superseded by a successor Agreement
accordance with this Section 5.2. Any party may request negotiation of a successor
Agreement by written notice to the other Party no earlier than one hundred sixty (160)
Days prior to the expiration of the term , or the Agreement shall renew on a month to
month basis. The date of this notice will be the starting point for the negotiation window
under Section 252 of the Act. This Agreement will terminate on the date a successor
Agreement is approved by the Commission.
Prior to the conclusion of the term specified above, Reseller may
obtain services under the terms and conditions of a then-existing AGREEMENT
Qwest Resale Template 4-08-04 Version 1.
11-04/swd-ms/eAcceleration Corp/ldaho/CDS-0411 05-0032
Section 5
Terms and Conditions
or Agreement to become effective at the conclusion of the term or prior to the
conclusion of the term if Reseller so chooses.
Proof of Authorization (PO.
Each Party shall be responsible for obtaining and maintaining Proof of
Authorization (POA) as required by applicable federal and state law, as amended' from
time to time.
The Parties shall make POAs available to each other upon request in the
event of an allegation of an unauthorized change in accordance with all Applicable Laws
and rules and shall be subject to any penalties contained therein;
Payment
5.4.Amounts payable under this Agreement are due and payable within thirty
(30) calendar Days after the date of invoice, or within twenty (20) calendar Days after
receipt of the invoice, whichever is later (payment Due Date). If the payment Due Date
is not a business day, the payment shall be due the next business day.
5.4.One Party may discontinue processing orders for the failure of the other
Party to make full payment for the relevant service, less any disputed amount as
provided for in Section 5.4.4 of this Agreement, for the relevant services provided under
this Agreement within thirty (30) calendar Days following the payment Due Date. The
Billing Party will notify the other Party in writing at least ten (10) business days prior to
discontinuing the processing of orders for the relevant services. If the Billing Party does
not refuse to accept additional orders for the relevant services on the date specified in
the ten (10) business days notice, and the other Party s non-compliance continues
nothing contained herein shall preclude the Billing Party right to refuse to accept
additional orders for the relevant services from the non-complying Party without further
notice. For order processing to resume, the billed Party will be required to make full
payment of all charges for the relevant services not disputed in good faith under this
Agreement. Additionally, the Billing Party may require a deposit (or additional deposit)
from the billed Party, pursuant to this section. In addition to other remedies that may be
available at law or equity, the billed Party reserves the right to seek equitable reliefincluding injunctive relief and specific performance.
5.4.The Billing Party may disconnect any and all relevant services for failure
by the billed Party to make full payment, less any disputed amount as provided for in
Section 5.4.4 of this Agreement, for the relevant services provided under this Agreement
within sixty (60) calendar Days following the payment Due Date. The billed Party will
pay the applicable reconnect charge set forth in Exhibit A required to reconnect each
resold End User line disconnected pursuant to this paragraph. The Billing Party will
notify the billed Party in writing at least ten (10) business days prior to disconnection of
the unpaid service(s). In case of such disconnection , all applicable undisputed charges
including termination charges, shall become due. If the Billing Party does not disconnect
the billed Party s service(s) on the date specified in the ten (10) business days notice
and the billed Party s noncompliance continues, nothing contained herein shall preclude
the Billing Party s right to disconnect any or all relevant services of the non-complying
Party without further notice. For reconnection of the non-paid service to occur, the billed
Party will be required to make full payment of all past and current undisputed charges
Qwest Resale Template 4-08-04 Version 1.
11-04/swd-ms/eAcceleration Corp/ldaho/CDS-0411 05-0032
Section 5
Terms and Conditions
under this Agreement for the relevant services. Additionally, the Billing Party will request
a deposit (or recalculate the deposit) as specified in Section 5.4.5 and 5.4.7 from the
billed Party, pursuant to this Section. Both Parties agree, however, that the application
of this provision will be suspended for the initial three (3) Billing cycles of this Agreement
and will not apply to amounts billed during those three (3) cycles. In addition to other
remedies that may be available at law or equity, each Party reserves the right to seek
equitable relief, including injunctive relief and specific performance.
5.4.4 Should Reseller or Qwest dispute, in good faith , any portion of the
nonrecurring charges or monthly Billing under this Agreement, the Parties will notify
each other in writing within fifteen (15) calendar Days following the payment Due Date
identifying the amount, reason and rationale of such dispute. At a minimum, Reseller
and Qwest shall pay all undisputed amounts due. Both Reseller and Qwest agree to
expedite the investigation of any disputed amounts, promptly provide all documentation
regarding the amount disputed that is reasonably requested by the other Party, and work
in good faith in an effort to resolve and settle the dispute through informal means prior to
initiating any other rights or remedies.
5.4.4.If a Party disputes charges and does not pay such charges by
the payment Due Date , such charges may be subject to late payment charges.
the disputed charges have been withheld and the dispute is resolved in favor of
the Billing Party, the withholding Party shall pay the disputed amount and
applicable late payment charges no later than the second Bill Date following the
resolution. If the disputed charges have been withheld and the dispute is
resolved in favor of the disputing Party, the Billing Party shall credit the bill of the
disputing Party for the amount of the disputed charges and any late payment
charges that have been assessed no later than the second Bill Date after the
resolution of the dispute. If a Party pays the disputed charges and the dispute is
resolved in favor of the Billing Party, no further action is required.
5.4.4.If a Party pays the charges disputed at the time of payment or at
any time thereafter pursuant to Section 5.4.4., and the dispute is resolved in
favor of the disputing Party, the Billing Party shall , no later than the second Bill
Date after the resolution of the dispute: (1) credit the disputing Party s bill for the
disputed amount and any associated interest or (2) pay the remaining amount to
Reseller, if the disputed amount is greater than the bill to be credited. The
interest calculated on the disputed amounts will be the same rate as late
payment charges. ,In no event, however, shall any late payment charges be
assessed on any previously assessed late payment charges.
5.4.4.If a Party fails to dispute a charge and discovers an error on a
bill it has paid after the period set forth in section 5.4.4, the Party may dispute the
bill at a later time through an informal process, through an Audit pursuant to the
Audit provision of this Agreement, through the Dispute Resolution provision of
this Agreement, or applicable state statues or commission rules.
5.4.Each Party will determine the other Party credit status based on
previous payment history or credit reports such as Dun and Bradstreet. If a Party has
not established satisfactory credit with the other Party according to the above provisions
or the Party is repeatedly delinquent in making its payments, or the Party is being
reconnected after a disconnection of service or discontinuance of the processing of
Qwest Resale Template 4-08-04 Version 1.
11-04/swd-ms/eAcceleration Corp/ldaho/CDS-0411 05-0032
Section 5
Terms and Conditions
orders by the Billing Party due to a previous nonpayment situation , the Billing Party may
require a deposit to be held as security for the payment of charges before the orders
from the billed Party will be provisioned and completed or before reconnection of
service. "Repeatedly delinquent" means any payment received thirty (30) calendar Days
or more after the payment Due Date, three (3) or more times during a twelve (12) month
period. The deposit may not exceed the estimated total monthly charges for an average
two (2) month period within the 1 5t three (3) months for all services. The deposit may be
a surety bond if allowed by the applicable Commission regulations , a letter of credit with
terms and conditions acceptable to the Billing Party, or some other form of mutually
acceptable security such as a cash deposit. Required deposits are due and payable
within thirty (30) calendar Days after demand.
5.4.Interest will be paid on cash deposits at the rate applying to deposits
under applicable Commission regulations. Cash deposits and accrued interest will be
credited to the billed Party s account or refunded , as appropriate, upon the earlier of the
expiration of the term of the Agreement or the establishment of satisfactory credit with
the Billing Party, which will generally be one (1) full year of timely payments of
undisputed amounts in full by the billed Party. Upon a material change in financial
standing, the billed Party may request and the Billing Party will consider a recalculation
of the deposit. The fact that a deposit has been made does not relieve Reseller from
any requirements of this Agreement.
5.4.The Billing Party may review the other Party s credit standing and modify
the amount of deposit required but in no event will the maximum amount exceed the
amount stated in 5.4.
5.4.The late payment charge for amounts that are billed under this
Agreement shall be in accordance with Commission requirements.
5.4.Each Party shall be responsible for notifying its End User Customers of
any pending disconnection of a non-paid service by the billed Party, if necessary, to
allow those Customers to make other arrangements for such non-paid services.
Taxes
Any federal , state , or local sales, use, excise, gross receipts, transaction
or similar taxes, fees or surcharges resulting from the performance of this Agreement
shall be borne by the Party upon which the obligation for payment is imposed under
Applicable Law, even if the obligation to collect and remit such taxes is placed upon the
other Party. However, where the selling Party is permitted by law to collect such taxes
fees or surcharges from the purchasing Party, such taxes , fees or surcharges shall be
borne by the Party purchasing the services. Each Party is responsible for any tax on its
corporate existence, status or income. Whenever possible , these amounts shall be
billed as a separate item on the invoice. To the extent a sale is claimed to be for resale
tax exemption , the purchasing Party shall furnish the providing Party a proper resale tax
exemption certificate, as authorized or required by statute or regulation by the jurisdiction
providing said resale tax exemption. Until such time as a resale tax exemption
certificate is provided , no exemptions will be applied. If either Party (the Contesting
Party) contests the application of any tax collected by the other Party (the Collecting
Party), the Collecting Party shall reasonably cooperate in good faith with the Contesting
Party s challenge, provided that the Contesting Party pays any costs incurred by the
Qwest Resale Template 4-08-04 Version 1.
11-04/swd-ms/eAcceleration Corp/ldaho/CDS-O411 05-0032
Section 5
Terms and Conditions
Collecting Party. The Contesting Party is entitled to the benefit of any refund or recovery
resulting from the contest, provided that the Contesting Party is liable for and has paidthe tax contested.
Insurance
Each Party shall at all times during the term of this Agreement, at its own
cost and expense, carry and maintain all insurance required by law and Commercial
General Liability insurance covering claims for bodily injury, death , personal injury or
property damage and contractual liability with respect to the liability assumed by each
Party hereunder. The limits of insurance shall not be less than $1 000 000 each
occurrence and $2 000 000 general aggregate limit. Such coverage shall be written with
insurers having a "Best'" rating of A- VII. Upon request each Party will provide a
certificate of insurance evidencing coverage. Such certificate shall (1) name the other
Party as an additional insured under commercial general liability coverage; (2) provide
thirty (30) calendar Days prior written notice of cancellation of, material change or
exclusions in the policy(s) to which certificate(s) relate.
Force Majeure
1 ' Neither Party shall be liable for any delay or failure in performance of any part of
this Agreement from any cause beyond its control and without its fault or negligence including,
without limitation , acts of nature , acts of civil or military authority, government regulations
embargoes, epidemics , terrorist acts, riots, insurrections , fires, explosions , earthquakes, nuclear
accidents , floods, work stoppages, power blackouts , volcanic action , other major environmental
disturbances , or unusually severe weather conditions (collectively, a Force Majeure Event).
Inability to secure products or services of other Persons or transportation facilities or acts or
omissions of transportation carriers shall be considered Force Majeure Events to the extent any
delay or failure in performance caused by these circumstances is beyond the Party s control and
without that Party s fault or negligence. The Party affected by a Force Majeure Event shall give
prompt notice to the other Party, shall be excused from performance of its obligations hereunder
on a day to day basis to the extent those obligations are prevented by the Force Majeure Event
and shall use reasonable efforts to remove or mitigate the Force Majeure Event. In the event of
a labor dispute or strike the Parties agree to provide service to each other at a level equivalent
to the level they provide themselves.
Limitation of Liability
Each Party s liability to the other Party for any loss relating to or arising
out of any act or omission in its performance under this Agreement, whether in contract
warranty, strict liability, or tort, including (without limitation) negligence of any kind, shall
be limited to the total amount that is or would have been charged to the other Party by
such breaching Party for the service(s) or function(s) not performed or improperly
performed. Each Party s liability to the other Party for any other losses shall be limited to
the total amounts charged to Reseller under this Agreement during the contract year in
which the cause accrues or arises. Payments pursuant to the Qwest Performance
Assurance Plan (QPAP) should not be counted against the limit provided for in the
SGA T Section.
Neither Party shall be liable to the other for indirect, incidental
Owest Resale Template 4-08-04 Version 1.
11-04/swd-ms/eAcceleration Corplldaho/CDS-0411 05-0032
Section 5
Terms and Conditions
consequential, or special damages, including (without limitation) damages for lost profits
lost revenues, lost savings suffered by the other Party regardless of the form of action
whether in contract, warranty, strict liability, tort, including (without limitation) negligence
of any kind and regardless of whether the Parties know the possibility that such
damages could result. If the Parties enter into a Performance Assurance Plan under this
Agreement nothing in this Section 5.2 shall limit amounts due and owing under any
Performance Assurance Plan.
ntentionally Left Blank.8.4 Nothing contained in this Section shall limit either Party s liability to the
other for (i) willful or intentional misconduct or , (ii) damage to tangible real or personal
property proximately caused solely by such Party s negligent act or omission or that of
their respective agents, subcontractors or employees.
Nothing contained in this Section 5.8 shall limit either Party s obligations
of indemnification specified in this Agreement, nor shall this Section 5.8 limit a Party
liability for failing to make any payment due under this Agreement.
Indemnity
The Parties agree that unless otherwise specifically set forth in this
Agreement the following constitute the sole indemnification obligations between and
among the Parties:
Each of the Parties agrees to reiease, indemnify, defend and
hold harmless the other Party and each of its officers, directors, employees and
agents (each an Indemnitee) from and against and in respect of any loss, debt
liability, damage , obligation , claim, demand, judgment or settlement of any nature
or kind , known or unknown , liquidated or unliquidated including, but not limited to
reasonable costs and expenses (including attorneys' fees), whether suffered
made , instituted , or asserted by any Person or entity, for invasion of privacy,
bodily injury or death of any Person or' Persons , or for loss damage to, or
destruction of tangible property, whether or not owned by others, resulting from
the Indemnifying Party s breach of or failure to perform under this Agreement
regardless of the form of action , whether in contract, warranty, strict liability, or
tort including (without limitation) negligence of any kind.
In the case of claims or loss alleged or incurred by an End User
Customer of either Party arising out of or in connection with services provided to
the End User Customer by the Party, the Party whose End User Customer
alleged or incurred such claims or loss (the Indemnifying Party) shall defend and
indemnify the other Party and each of its officers, directors employees and
agents (collectively the Indemnified Party) against any and all such claims or loss
by the Indemnifying Party End User Customers regardless of whether the
underlying service was provided or was provisioned by the Indemnified Party,
unless the loss was caused by the willful misconduct of the Indemnified Party.
The obligation to indemnify with respect to claims of the Indemnifying Party s End
User Customers shall not extend to any claims for physical bodily injury or death
of any Person or person , or for loss damage to, or destruction of tangible
property, whether or not owned by others, alleged to have resulted directly from
Qwest Resale Template 4-08-04 Version 1.
11-04/swd-ms/eAcceleration Corp/ldaho/CDS-0411 05-0032
Section 5
Terms and Conditions
the negligence or intentional conduct of the employees , contractors, agents , or
other representatives of the Indemnified Party.
The indemnification provided herein shall be conditioned upon:
The Indemnified Party shall promptly notify the Indemnifying
Party of any action taken against the Indemnified Party relating to the
indemnification. Failure to so notify the Indemnifying Party shall not relieve the
Indemnifying Party of any liability that the Indemnifying Party might have , except
to the extent that such failure prejudices the Indemnifying Party s ability to defend
such claim.
If the indemnifying Party wishes to defend against such action, it
shall give written notice to the indemnified Party of acceptance of the defense of
such action. In such event , the Indemnifying Party shall have sole authority to
defend any such action, including the selection of legal counsel , and the
Indemnified Party may engage separate legal counsel only at its sole cost and
expense. In the event that the Indemnifying Party does not accept the defense of
the action , the Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ counsel for such
defense at the expense of the Indemnifying Party. Each Party agrees to
cooperate with the other Party in the defense of any such action and the relevant
records of each Party shall be available to the other Party with respect to any
such defense.
In no event shall the Indemnifying Party settle or consent to any
judgment pertaining to any such action without the prior written consent of the
Indemnified Party. In the event the Indemnified Party withholds consent, the
Indemnified Party may, at its cost, take over such defense, provided that, in such
event, the Indemnifying Party shall not be responsible for, nor shall it be
obligated to indemnify the relevant Indemnified Party against, any cost or liability
in excess of such refused compromise or settlement.
Intellectual Property
10.Except for a license to use any facilities or equipment (including
software) solely for the purposes of this Agreement or to receive any service solely (a)as provided in this Agreement or (b) as specifically required by the then-applicable
federal and state rules and regulations relating to Interconnection and access to
telecommunications facilities and services, nothing contained within this Agreement shall
be construed as the grant of a license, either express or implied , with respect to any
patent , copyright, trade name, trademark, service mark, trade secret, or other proprietary
interest or intellectual property, now or hereafter owned , controlled or licensable
either Party. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as the grant to the other
Party of any rights or licenses to trade or service marks.
10.Subject to Section 5., each Party (the Indemnifying Party) shall
indemnify and hold the other Party (the Indemnified Party) harmless from and against
any loss, cost, expense or liability arising out of a claim that the use of facilities of the
Indemnifying Party or services provided by the Indemnifying Party provided or used
pursuant to the terms of this Agreement misappropriates or otherwise violates the
intellectual property rights of any third party. In addition to being subject to the
Owest Resale Template 4-08-04 Version 1.
11-04/swd-ms/eAcceleration Corp/ldaho/CDS-0411 05-0032
Section 5
Terms and Conditions
provisions of Section 5., the obligation for indemnification recited in this paragraph
shall not extend to infringement which results from (a) any combination of the facilities or
services of the Indemnifying Party with facilities or services of any other person
(including the Indemnified Party but excluding the Indemnifying Party and any of its
Affiliates), which combination is not made by or at the direction of the Indemnifying Party
or (b) any modification made to the facilities or services of the Indemnifying Party by, on
behalf of or at the request of the Indemnified Party and not required by the Indemnifying
Party. In the event of any claim , the Indemnifying Party may, at its sole option (a) obtain
the right for the Indemnified Party to continue to use the facility or service; or (b) replace
or modify the facility or service to make such facility or service non-infringing. If the
Indemnifying Party is not reasonably able' to obtain the right for continued use or to
replace or modify the facility or service as provided in the preceding sentence and either
(a) the facility or service is held to be infringing by a court of competent jurisdiction or (b)
the Indemnifying Party reasonably believes that the facility or service will be held to
infringe, the Indemnifying Party shall notify the Indemnified Party and the parties shall
negotiate in good faith regarding reasonable modifications to this Agreement necessary
to (1) mitigate damage or comply with an injunction which may result from such
infringement or (2) allow cessation of further infringement. The Indemnifying Party may
request that the Indemnified Party take steps to mitigate damages resulting from the
infringement or alleged infringement including, but not limited to , accepting modifications
to the facilities or services , and such request shall not be unreasonably denied.
10.To the extent required under applicable federal and state law, Owest
shall use its best efforts to obtain, from its vendors who have licensed intellectual
property rights to Owest in connection with facilities and services provided hereunder
licenses under such intellectual property rights as necessary for Reseller to use such
facilities and services as contemplated hereunder and at least in the same manner used
by Owest for the facilities and services provided hereunder. Owest shall notify Reseller
immediately in the event that Owest believes it has used its best efforts to obtain such
rights , but has been unsuccessful in obtaining such rights.
10.Owest covenants that it will not enter into any licensing
Agreements with respect to any Owest facilities , equipment or services, including
software, that contain provisions that would disqualify Reseller from using or
interconnecting with such facilities equipment or services, including software
pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. Owest warrants and further covenants
that it has not and will not knowingly modify any existing license Agreements for
any network facilities, equipment or services, including software , in whole or in
part for the purpose of disqualifying Reseller from using or interconnecting with
such facilities , equipment or services , including software, pursuant to the terms of
this Agreement. To the extent that providers of facilities , equipment, services or
software in Owest's network provide Owest with indemnities covering intellectual
property liabilities and those indemnities allow a flow-through of protection to
third parties, Owest shall flow those indemnity protections through to Reseller.10.4 Except as expressly provided in this Intellectual Property Section
nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as the grant of a license, either express or
implied , with respect to any patent, copyright, logo, trademark, trade name, trade secret
or any other intellectual property right now or hereafter owned, controlled or licensable
by either Party. Neither Party may use any patent, copyright, logo, trademark , trade
name, trade secret or other intellectual property rights of the other Party or its Affiliates
Qwest Resale Template 4-08-04 Version 1.
11-04/swd-ms/eAcceleration Corp/ldaho/CDS-0411 05-0032
Section 5
Terms and Conditions
without execution of a separate Agreement between the Parties.
10.Neither Party shall without the express written permission of the other
Party, state or imply that: 1) it is connected, or in any way affiliated with the other or its
Affiliates; 2) it is part of a joint business association or any similar arrangement with the
other or ' its Affiliates; 3) the other Party and its Affiliates are in any way sponsoring,
endorsing or certifying it and its goods and services; or 4) with respect to its marketing,
advertising or promotional activities or materials, the resold goods and services are in
any way associated with or originated from the other or any of its Affiliates. Nothing in
this paragraph shall prevent either Party from truthfully describing the Network Elements
it uses to provide service to its End Users, provided it does not represent the Network
Elements as originating from the other Party or its Affiliates in any marketing, advertising
or promotional activities or materials.
10.For purposes of resale only and notwithstanding the above, unless
otherwise prohibited by Owest pursuant to an applicable provision herein , Reseller may
use the phrase "Reselleris a Reseller of Owest Services" (the "Authorized Phrase ) in
Reseller s printed materials provided:
10.The Authorized Phrase is not used in connection with any goods
or services other than Owest services resold by Reseller.
10.2 Reseller s use of the Authorized Phrase does not cause End
Users to believe that Reseller is Owest.
10.3 'The Authorized Phrase , when displayed, appears only in text
form (Reseller may not use the Owest logo) with all letters being the same font
and point size. The point size of the Authorized Phrase shall be no greater than
one fourth the point size of the smallest use of Reseller s name and in no event
shall exceed 8 point size.
10.6.4 Reseller shall provide all printed materials using the Authorized
Phrase to Owest for its prior written approval.
10.If Owest determines that Reseller s use of the Authorized
Phrase causes End User confusion, Owest may immediately terminate Reseller
right to use the Authorized Phrase.
10.Upon termination of Reseller right to use the Authorized
Phrase or termination of this Agreement, all permission or right to use the
Authorized Phrase shall immediately cease to exist and Reseller shall
immediately cease any and all such use of the Authorized Phrase. Reseller shall
either promptly return to Owest or destroy all materials in its possession or
control displaying the Authorized Phrase.
10.Owest. and Reseller each recognize that nothing contained in this
Agreement is intended as an assignment or grant to the other of any right, title or interest
in or to the trademarks or service marks of the other (Marks) and that this Agreement
does not confer any right or license to grant sublicenses or permission to third parties to
use the Marks of the other and is not assignable. Neither Party will do anything
inconsistent with the other s ownership of their respective Marks , and all rights, if any,
Qwest Resale Template 4-08-04 Version 1.
11-04/swd-ms/eAcceleration Corp/ldaho/CDS~0411 05-0032
Section 5
Terms and Conditions
that may be acquired by use of the Marks shall inure to the benefit of their respective
Owners. The Parties shall comply with all Applicable Law governing Marks worldwide
and neither Party will infringe the Marks of the other.
Warranties
11.EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT , THE
PARTIES AGREE THAT NEITHER PARTY HAS MADE, AND THAT THERE DOES
NOT EXIST ANY WARRANTY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND THAT ALL PRODUCTS AND SERVICES PROVIDED
HEREUNDER ARE PROVIDED "AS IS", WITH ALL FAULTS.
Ass ig n me
12.Neither Party may assign or transfer (whether by operation of law or
otherwise) this Agreement (or any rights or obligations hereunder) to a third party without
the prior written consent of the other Party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, either Party
may assign or transfer this Agreement to a corporate Affiliate or an entity under its
common control; without the consent of the other Party, provided that the performance of
this Agreement by any such assignee is guaranteed by the assignor. Any attempted
assignment or transfer that is not permitted is void ab initio Without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, this Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the
benefit of the Parties' respective successors and assigns.
12.In the event that Owest transfers to any unaffiliated party exchanges
including End User Customers that Reseller serves in whole or in part through facilities
or services provided by Owest under this Agreement, the transferee shall be deemed a
. successor to Owest's responsibilities hereunder for a period of ninety (90) Days from
notice to Reseller of such transfer or until such later time as the Commission may direct
pursuant to the Commission s then applicable statutory authority to impose such
responsibilities either as a condition of the transfer or under such other state statutory
authority as may give it such, power. In the event of such a proposed transfer, Owest
shall use its best efforts to facilitate discussions between Reseller and the transferee
with respect to transferee s assumption of Owest's obligations pursuant to the terms of
this Agreement.
12.Nothing in this section is intended to restrict Reseller s rights to opt into
Interconnection Agreements under ~252 of the Act.
DeJa u It
(See, Minnesota SGA for state-specific Section 13.
13.If either Party defaults in the payment of any amount due hereunder, or if
either Party violates any other material provision of this Agreement, and such default or
violation shall continue for thirty (30) calendar Days after written notice thereof, the other
Party may seek relief in accordance with the Dispute Resolution provision of this
Agreement. The failure of either Party to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement
or the waiver thereof in any instance shall not be construed as a general waiver
relinquishment on its part of any such provision, but the same shall , nevertheless , be
Qwest Resale Template 4-08-04 Version 1.
11-04/swd-ms/eAcceleration Corp/ldaho/CDS-0411 05-0032
Section 5
Terms and Conditions
and remain in full force and effect.
Disclaimer of Agency
14.Except for provisions herein expressly authorizing a Party to act for
another, nothing in this Agreement shall constitute a Party as a legal representative or
agent of the other Party, nor shall a Party have the right or authority to assume, create or
incur any liability or any obligation of any kind, express or implied , against or in the name
or on behalf of the other Party unless otherwise expressly permitted by such other Party.
Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, no Party undertakes to
perform any obligation of the other Party whether regulatory or contractual , or to assume
any responsibility for the management of the other Party s business.
Severability
15.In the event that anyone (1) or more of the provisions contained herein
shall for any reason be held to be unenforceable or invalid in any respect under law or
regulation, the Parties will negotiate in good faith for replacement language as set forth
herein. If any part of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable for any
reason, such invalidity or unenforceability will affect only the portion of this Agreement
which is invalid or unenforceable. In all other respects, this Agreement will stand as if
such invalid or unenforceable provision had not been a part hereof, and the remainder of
this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.
Nondisclosure
16.All information , including but not limited to specifications, microfilm
photocopies magnetic disks magnetic tapes , drawings, sketches, models, samples
tools , technical information , data, employee records , maps , financial reports , and market
data, (i) furnished by one Party to the other Party dealing with business or marketing
plans End User Customer specific, facility specific, or usage specific information, other
than End User Customer information communicated for the purpose of providing
Directory Assistance or publication of directory database, or (ii) in written, graphic
electromagnetic, or other tangible form and marked at the time of delivery as
Confidential" or "Proprietary , or (iii) communicated and declared to the receiving Party
at the time of delivery, or by written notice given to the receiving Party within ten (10)
calendar Days after delivery, to be "Confidential" or "Proprietary" (collectively referred to
as "Proprietary Information ), shall remain the property of the disclosing Party. A Party
who receives Proprietary Information via an oral communication may request written
confirmation that the material is Proprietary Information. A Party who delivers
Proprietary Information via an oral communication may request written confirmation thatthe Party receiving the information understands that the material is Proprietary
Information. Each Party shall have the right to correct an inadvertent failure to identify
information as Proprietary Information by giving written notification within thirty (30) Days
after the information is disclosed. The receiving Party shall from that time forward, treat
such information as Proprietary Information.
16.Upon request by the disclosing Party, the receiving Party shall return all
tangible copies of Proprietary Information , whether written , graphic or otherwise , except
that the receiving Party may retain one copy for archival purposes.
Owest Resale Template 4-08-04 Version 1.
11-04/swd-ms/eAcceleration Corp/ldaho/CDS-0411 05-0032
Section 5
Terms and Conditions
16.Each Party shall keep all of the other Party s Proprietary Information
confidential and will disclose it on a need to know basis only. Each Party shall use the
other Party s Proprietary Information only in connection with this Agreement and in
accordance with Applicable Law, including but not limited to, 47 U.C. 9222. accordance with Section 222 of the Act when either Party receives or obtains
Proprietary Information from the other Party for purposes of providing any
Telecommunications Services, that Party shall use such information only for such
purpose , and shall not use such information for its own marketing efforts. Neither Party
shall use the other Party s Proprietary Information for any other purpose except upon
such terms and conditions as may be agreed upon between the Parties in writing.
Violations of these obligations shall subject a Party s employees to disciplinary action upto and including termination of employment. If either Party loses, or makes an
unauthorized disclosure of, the other Party s Proprietary Information , it will notify such
other Party immediately and use reasonable efforts to retrieve the information.
16.4 Unless otherwise agreed , the obligations of confidentiality and non-use
set forth in this Agreement do not apply to such Proprietary Information as:a) was at the time of receipt already known to the receiving Partyfree of any obligation to keep it confidential evidenced by, written records
prepared prior to delivery by the disclosing Party; orb) is or becomes publicly known through no wrongful act of the
receiving Party; orc) is rightfully received from a third person having no direct or
indirect secrecy or confidentiality obligation to the disclosing Party with respect to
such information; ord) ,is independently developed by an employee , agent, or
contractor of the receiving Party which individual is not involved in any manner
with the provision of services pursuant to the Agreement and does not have any
direct or indirect access to the Proprietary Information; ore) is disclosed to a third person by the disclosing Party without
similar restrictions on such third person s rights; or
Party; or
is approved for release by written authorization of the disclosing
g)
is required to be disclosed by the receiving Party pursuant to
Applicable Law or regulation provided that the receiving Party shall give sufficient
notice of the requirement to the disclosing Party to enable the disclosing Party to
seek protective orders.
16.Nothing herein is intended to prohibit a Party from supplying factual
information about its network and Telecommunications Services on or connected to its
network to regulatory agencies including the Federal Communications Commission and
the Commission so long as any confidential obligation is protected. In addition either
Party shall have the right to disclose Proprietary Information to any mediator, arbitrator
state or federal regulatory body, the Department of Justice or any court in the conduct of
awest Resale Template 4-08-04 Version 1.
11-04/swd-ms/eAcceleration Corp/ldaho/CDS-0411 05-0032
Section 7
White Pages Directory Listings18 Prior to placing listings orders on behalf of End Users , Reseller shall be
responsible for obtaining, and have in its possession , peA, as set forth in Section 5.3 of
this Agreement.19 Qwest will provide monthly listing verification proofs that provide the data
to be displayed in the published white pages directory and available on Directory
Assistance. Verification proofs containing nonpublished and nonlisted listings are also
available upon request on the same monthly schedule.20 Qwest will provide Reseller a reasonable opportunity to verify the
accuracy of the listings to be included in the white pages directory and DirectoryAssistance. 21 Reseller may review and if necessary edit the white page listings prior to
the close date for publication in the directory.22 Reseller is responsible for all dealings with , and on behalf of, Reseller
End Users , including:
22.
complaints );
All End User account activity (e., End User queries and
22.All account maintenance activity (e., additions, changes
issuance of orders for listings to Qwest);
22.Determining privacy requirements and accurately coding the
privacy indicators for Reseller s End User information (if End User information
provided by Reseller to Qwest does not contain a privacy indicator, no privacy
restrictions will apply); and
22.4 Any additional services requested by Reseller s End Users.23 Pursuant to Sec. 222 (a), (b), (c), (d), and (e) of the Telecommunications
Act, Qwest will provide subscriber lists information gathered in Qwest's capacity as a
provider of local Exchange Service on a timely and unbundled basis, under non-
discriminatory and reasonable rates, terms and conditions to Reseller upon request for
the purpose of publishing directories in any format. Rates may be subject to federal or
state law or rules, as appropriate. Upon request by Reseller, Qwest shall enter into
negotiations with Reseller for Reseller s use of subscriber list information for purposes
other than publishing directories, and Qwest and Reseller will enter into a written
contract if agreement is reached for such use.
23.Qwest shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that
its retail End User listings provided to Reseller are accurate and complete. Any
third party listings are provided AS IS WITH ALL FAULTS. Qwest further
represents that it shall review all its retail End User listings information providedto Reseller including End User requested restrictions on use, such as
nonpublished and nonlisted restrictions.24 Qwest represents and warrants that any arrangement for the publication
of white pages directory listings with a contractor, requires such contractor to publish the
Qwest Resale Template 4-08-04 Version 1.
11-04/swd-ms/eAcceleration Corp/ldaho/CDS-0411 05-0032
Section 7
White Pages Directory Listings
directory listings of Reseller contained in Owest's listings database so that Reseller
directory listings are non-discriminatory in appearance and integration, and have the
same accuracy and reliability that such contractor provides to Owest's End Users.25 Owest further agrees that any arrangements for the publication of white
pages directory listings with a contractor shall require such contractor to include in the
Customer guide pages of the white pages directory, a notice that End Users should
contact their local service provider to request any modifications to their existing listing or
to request a new listing.26 Owest agrees that any arrangement with a contractor for the publication
of white pages directory listings shall require such contractor to provide Reseller space
in the Customer guide pages of the white pages directory for the purpose of notifying
Customers how to reach Reseller to: (1) request service; (2) contact repair service; (3)
dial Directory Assistance; (4) reach an account representative; (5) request buried cable
local service; and (6) contact the special needs center for Customers with disabilities.
Rate Elements
The following rate elements apply to white pages listings and are contained in Exhibit A of this
Agreement
Primary Listings; and
Premium/Privacy Listings.
Ordering Proces
7.4.Owest provides training on white pages listings requests and submission
processes. The ordering process is similar to the service ordering process.
7.4.Reseller listings can be submitted for inclusion in white pages directories
according to the directions in the Owest Listings User Documents for Facility-Based and
Reseller Resellers which is available on-line through the PCAT
(httpllwww.qwestcomllwhoiesale/) or will be provided in hard copy to Reseller upon
request Initial information and directions are available in PCAT.
7.4.Reseller can submit the OBF forms incorporated in the LSR via the IMA-
EDI , IMA-GUI, or fax.
Qwest Resale Template 4-08-04 Version 1.
11-04/swd-ms/eAcceleration Corp/ldaho/CDS-0411 05-0032
Section 8
Network Security
SECTION 8.0 - NETWORK SECURITY
Protection of Service and Property. Each Party shall exercise the same
degree of care to prevent harm or damage to the other Party and any third parties, its
employees, agents or End User Customers, or their property as it employs to protect its
own personnel , End User Customers and property, etc.
Each Party is responsible to provide security and privacy of
communications. This entails protecting the confidential nature of Telecommunications
transmissions between End User Customers during technician work operations and at all
times. Specifically, no employee, agent or representative shall monitor any circuits
except as required to repair or provide service of any End User Customer at any time.
Nor shall an employee, agent or representative disclose the nature of overheard
conversations, or who participated in such communications or even that such
communication has taken place. Violation of such security may entail state and federal
criminal penalties, as well as civil penalties. Reseller is responsible for covering its
employees on such security requirements and penalties.
The Qwest telecommunications network is part of the national security
network, and as such, are protected by federal law. Deliberate sabotage or disablement
of any portion of the underlying equipment used to provide the network is a violation of
federal statutes with severe penalties, especially in times of national emergency or state
of war. The Parties are responsible for covering their employees on such security
requirements and penalties.8.4 ' Each Party is responsible for the physical security of its employees
agents or representatives. Providing safety glasses, gloves, etc. must be done by the
respective employing Party. Hazards handling and safety procedures relative to the
Telecommunications environment is the training responsibility of the employing Party.
Proper use of tools, ladders, and test gear is the training responsibility of the employing
Party.
In the event that one (1) Party s employees, agents or representatives
inadvertently damage or impair the equipment of the other Party, prompt notification will
be given to the damaged Party by verbal notification between the Parties' technicians at
the site or by telephone to each Party s 24 x 7 security numbers.
Reserved For Future Use
Reserved For Future' Use
Reserved For Future Use
Reserved For Future Use
Reserved For Future Use11 Revenue Protection. Qwest shall make available to Reseller all present
and future fraud prevention or revenue protection features. These features include, but
are not limited to, screening codes, information digits '29' and '70' which indicate prison
and Customer Owner Coin Operated Telephone (COCOT) pay phone originating line
awest Resale Template 4-08-04 Version 1.
11-04/swd-ms/eAcceleration Corp/ldaho/CDS-0411 05-0032
Section 8
Network Security
types respectively; call blocking of domestic, international, 800, 888 , 900, NPA-976, 700and 500 numbers. Qwest shall additionally provide partitioned access to fraud
prevention, detection and control functionality within pertinent ass which include but are
not limited to LlDB Fraud monitoring systems.
11.Uncollectable or unbillable revenues resulting from , but not
confined to , Provisioning, maintenance, or signal network routing errors shall bethe responsibility of the Party causing such error or malicious acts , if such
malicious acts could have reasonably been avoided.
11.Uncollectible or unbillable revenues resulting from the accidentalor malicious alteration of software underlying network elements or their
subtending ass by unauthorized third parties that could have reasonably been
avoided shall be the responsibility of the Party having administrative control of
access to said network element or operational support system software.
11.Qwest shall be responsible 'for any direct uncollectible or
unbillable revenues resulting from the unauthorized physical attachment to Loop
facilities from the Main Distribution Frame up to and including the Network
Interface Device (NID), including clip-on fraud , if Qwest could have reasonably
prevented such fraud.11.4 To the extent that incremental costs are directly attributable to a
revenue protection capability requested by Reseller, those costs will be borne by
Reseller.
11.To the extent that either Party is liable to any toll provider for
fraud and to the extent that either Party could have reasonably prevented such
fraud , the Party who could have reasonably prevented such fraud must indemnify
the other for any fraud due to compromise of its network (e., clip-on, missing
information digits , missing toll restriction, etc).
11.If Qwest becomes aware of potential fraud with respect to
Reseller s accounts, Qwest will promptly inform Reseller and , at the direction of
Reseller, take reasonable action to mitigate the fraud where such action is
possible.12 Law Enforcement Interface. Qwest provides emergency assistance to
911 centers and law enforcement agencies seven (7) Days a week/twenty-four (24)
hours a Day. Assistance includes, but is not limited to, release of 911 trace andsubscriber information; in-progress trace requests; establishing emergency trace
equipment, release of information from an emergency trap/trace or *57 trace; requestsfor emergency subscriber information; assistance to law enforcement agencies
hostage/barricade situations , kidnappings, bomb threats , extortion/scams , runaways and
life threats.13 Qwest provides trap/trace, pen register and Title III assistance directly to
law enforcement, if such assistance is directed by a court order. This service is provided
during normal business hours, Monday through Friday. Exceptions are addressed in the
above paragraph. The charges for these services will be billed directly to the law
enforcement agency, without involvement of Reseller, for any lines served from Qwest
Qwest Resale Template 4-08-04 Version 1.
11-04/swd-ms/eAcceleration Corp/ldaho/CDS-0411 05-0032
Section 8
Network Security
Wire Centers or cross boxes.14 In all cases involving telephone lines served from Qwest Wire Centers or
cross boxes Qwest will perform trap/trace Title III and pen register assistance directly
with law enforcement. Reseller will not be involved or notified of such actions, due to
non-disclosure court order considerations , as well as timely response duties when law
enforcement agencies are involved. Exceptions to the above will be those cases, as yet
undetermined , where Reseller must participate due to technical reasons wherein its
circuitry must be accessed or modified to comply with law enforcement, or for legal
reasons that may evolve over time. Reseller will provide Qwest with a twenty-four (24)
hour a Day, seven (7) Days a week contact for processing such requests, should they
occur.
Owest Resale Template 4-08-04 Version 1.
11-04/swd-ms/eAcceleration Corp/ldaho/CDS-0411 05-0032
Section 9
Access to ass
Section 9.0 - ACCESS TO OPERATIONAL SUPPORT SYSTEMS (OSS)
Description
Qwest has developed and shall continue to provide Operations
Support Systems (OSS) interfaces using electronic gateways and manual processes.
These gateways act as a mediation or control point between Reseller s and Qwest's
ass. These gateways provide security for the interfaces, protecting the integrity of the
Qwest ass and databases. Qwest's ass interfaces have been developed to support
Pre-ordering, Ordering and Provisioning, Maintenance and Repair, and Billing. This
section describes the interfaces and manual processes that Qwest has developed and
shall provide to Reseller. Additional technical information and details shall be provided
by Qwest in training sessions and documentation and support, such as the "Interconnect
Mediated Access (IMA) User s Guide." Qwest will continue to make improvements tothe electronic interfaces as technology evolves, Qwest's legacy systems improve, or
Reseller needs require. Qwest shall provide notification to Reseller consistent with the
provisions of the Change Management Process (CMP) set forth in Section 9.
Through its electronic gateways and manual processes Qwest shall
provide Reseller non-discriminatory access to Qwest's ass for Pre-ordering, Ordering
and Provisioning, Maintenance and Repair, and Billing functions. For those functions
with a retail analogue, such as Pre-ordering and Ordering and Provisioning of resold
services, Qwest shall provide Reseller access to its ass in substantially the same time
and manner as it provides to itself. Qwest will comply with the standards for access toass set forth in Section 9. Qwest shall deploy the necessary systems and personnel to
provide sufficient access to each of the necessary ass functions. Qwest shall provide
assistance for Reseller to understand how to implement and use all of the available ass
functions. Qwest shall provide Reseller sufficient electronic and manual interfaces to
allow Reseller equivalent access to all of the necessary ass functions. Through its
website , training, disclosure documentation 'and development assistance , Qwest shall
disclose to Reseller any internal business rules and other formatting information
necessary to ensure that Reseller s requests and orders are processed efficiently.
Qwest shall provide training to enable Reseller to devise its own course work for its own
employees. Through its documentation available to Reseller, Qwest will identify how its
interface differs from national guidelines or standards. Qwest shall provide ass
designed to accommodate both current demand and reasonably foreseeable demand.
OSS Support for Pre-Ordering, Ordering and Provisioning
Local Service Request (LSR) Ordering Process
Qwest shall provide electronic interface gateways for
submission of LSRs, including both an Electronic Data Interchange (EDI)
interface and a Graphical User Interface (GUI).
The interface guidelines for EDI are based upon the Order &
Billing Forum (OBF) Local Service Order Guidelines (LSOG), the
Telecommunication Industry Forum (TCIF) Customer Service Guidelines; and the
American National Standards Institute/Accredited Standards Committee (ANSI
ASC) X12 protocols. Exceptions to the above guidelines/standards shall be
Owest Resale Template 4-08-04 Version 1.
11-04/swd-ms/eAcceleration Corp/ldaho/CDS-0411 05-0032
Section 9
Access to ass
specified in the EDI disclosure documents.
The GUI shall provide a single interface for Pre-Order and Order
transactions from Reseller to awes! and is browser based. The GUI interface
shall be based on the LSOG and utilizes a WEB standard technology, Hyper Text
Markup Language (HTML), JAVA and the Transmission Control Protocolllnternet
Protocol (TCPIIP) to transmit messages.1.4 Functions Pre Ordering, Owest will provide real time, electronic
access to pre-order functions to support Reseller s ordering via the electronic
interfaces described herein. Owest will make the following real time pre-order
functions available to Reseller:
1.4.1 Features services and Primary Interexchange
Carrier (PIC) options for IntraLATA toll and InterLATA toll available at a
valid service address;
Access to Customer service records (CSRs) for
Owest retail or resale End User Customers. The information will include
Billing name, service address Billing address , service and feature
subscription , directory listing information, and long distance Carrier
identity;
1.4.Telephone number request and selection;1.4.4 Reservation of appointments for service installations
requiring the dispatch of a Owest technician on a non-discriminatory
basis;
1.4.Information regarding whether dispatch is required
for service installation and available installation appointments;
1.4.Service address verification;
Dial-Up Capabilities
Reserved for Future Use.
Reserved for Future Use.
When Reseller requests from Owest more than fifty
(50) SecurlDs for use by Reseller Customer service representatives at a
single Reseller location, Reseller shall use a T1 line instead of dial-up
access at that location. If Reseller is obtaining the line from Owest, then
Reseller shall be able to use SecurlDs until such time as Owest
provisions the T1 line and the line permits pre-order and order information
to be exchanged between Owest and Reseller.
Reserved For Future Use
Facility Based EDI Listing Process Owest shall provide a Facility
Owest Resale Template 4-08-04 Version 1.
11-04/swd-ms/eAcceleration Corp/ldaho/CDS-0411 05-0032
Section 9
Access to ass
Based EDI Listing interface to enable Reseller listing data to be translated and
passed into the Owest listing database. This interface is based upon OBF LSOG
and ANSI ASC X12 standards. Owest- shall supply exceptions to these
guidelines/standards in writing in sufficient time for Reseller to adjust system
requirements.
Owest will establish interface contingency plans and disaster
recovery plans for the interfaces described in this Section. Owest will work
cooperatively with Resellers through the Change Management Process (CMP)
process to consider any suggestions made by Resellers to improve or modify,
such plans. Reseller specific requests for modifications to such plans will be
negotiated and mutually agreed upon between Owest and Reseller.
Ordering and Provisioning - Owest will provide access
ordering and status functions. Reseller will populate the service request to
identify what features, services , or elements it wishes Owest to provision in
accordance with Owest's published business rules.
Owest shall provide all Provisioning services to
Reseller during the same business hours that Owest provisions services
for its End User Customers. Owest will provide out-of-hours Provisioning
services to Reseller on a non-discriminatory basis as it provides such
Provisioning services to itself, its End User Customers, its Affiliates or any
other Party. Owest shall disclose the business rules regarding out-of-
hours Provisioning on its wholesale website.
When Reseller places an electronic order Owest
will provide Reseller with an electronic Firm Order Confirmation (FOC)
notice. The FOC will follow industry-standard formats and contain the
Owest Due Date for order completion. Upon completion of the order
Owest will provide Reseller with an electronic completion notice which
follows industry-standard formats and which states when the order was
completed. Owest supplies two (2) separate completion notices: 1)
service order completion (SaC) which notifies the Reseller that the
service order record has been completed, and 2) Billing completion that
notifies the Reseller that the service order has posted to the Billing
system.
When Reseller places a manual order, Owest will
provide Reseller with a manual firm order confirmation notice. The
confirmation notice will follow industry-standard formats. Upon
completion of the order, Owest will provide Reseller with a completion
notice which follows industry"'-standard formats and which states when the
order was completed. Owest supplies two (2) separate completion
notices: 1) Service Order Completion (SaC) which notifies the Reseller
that the service order record has been completed , and 2) Billing
completion that notifies the Reseller that the service order has posted to
the Billing system.9.4 When Reseller places an electronic order Owest
shall provide notification electronically of any instances when (1) Owest's
awest Resale Template 4-08-04 Version 1.
11-04/swd-ms/eAcceleration Corp/ldaho/CDS-0411 05-0032
Section 9
Access to ass
Committed Due Dates are in jeopardy of not being met by Owest on any
service or (2) an order is rejected. The standards for returning such
notices are set forth in Section 9.
When Reseller places a manual order, Owest shall
provide notification of any instances when (1) Owest's Committed Due
Dates are in jeopardy of not being met by Owest on any service or (2) an
order is rejected. The standards for returning such notices are set forth in
Section 9.
Business rules regarding rejection of LSRs are
subject to the provisions of Section 9.
Where Owest provides installation on behalf of
Reseller, Owest shall advise the Reseller End User Customer to notify
Reseller immediately if the Reseller End User Customer requests a
service change at the time of installation.
Maintenance and Repair
Owest shall provide electronic interface gateways, including an
Electronic Bonding interface and a GUI interface , for reviewing a Customer
trouble history at a specific location , conducting testing of a Customer s service
where applicable , and reporting trouble to facilitate the exchange of updated
information and progress reports between Owest and Reseller while the Trouble
Report (TR) is open and a Owest technician is working on the resolution.
Reseller may also report trouble through manual processes. For designed
services, the TR will not be closed prior to verification by Reseller that trouble is
cleared.
Interface Availability
Owest shall make its ass interfaces available to Resellers
during the hours listed in the Gateway Availability PIDs.
Owest shall notify Resellers in a timely manner regarding
system downtime through mass email distribution and pop-up windows as
applicable.
Billing
2.4.For products billed out of the Owest Interexchange Access
Billing System (lABS), Owest will utilize the existing CABS/BaS format and
technology for the transmission of bills.
2.4.For products billed out of the Owest Customer Record
Information System (CRIS), Owest will utilize the existing EDI standard for the
transmission of monthly local Billing information. EDI'is an established standard
under the auspices of the ANSI/ASC X12 Committee. A proper subset of this
specification has been adopted by the Telecommunications Industry Forum
(TCIF) as the "811 Guidelines specifically for the purposes of
awest Resale Template 4-08-04 Version 1.
11-04/swd-ms/eAcceleration Corp/ldaho/CDS-0411 05-0032
Section 9
Access to ass
Telecommunications Billing. Any deviance from these standards and guidelines
shall be documented and accessible to Reseller.
Outputs
Output information will be provided to Reseller in the form of bills, files, and reports. Bills will
capture all regular monthly and incremental/usage charges and present them in a summarized
format. The files and reports delivered to Reseller come in the following categories
Usage Record File Line Usage Information
Loss and Completion Order Information
Category 11 Facility Based Line Usage Information
SAG/F AM Street Address/Facility Availability Information
Bills
CRIS Summary Bill - The CRIS Summary Bill
represents a monthly summary of charges for most wholesale products
sold by Owest. This bill includes a total of all charges by entity plus a
summary of current charges and adjustments on each sub-account.
Individual sub-accounts are provided as Billing detail and contain
monthly, one-time charges and incremental/call detail information. The
Summary Bill provides one bill and one payment document for Reseller.
These bills are segmented by state and bill cycle. The number of bills
received by Reseller is dictated by the product ordered and the Owest
region in which Reseller is operating.
lABS Bill - The lABS Bill represents a monthly
summary of charges. This bill includes monthly and one-time charges
plus a summary of any usage charges. These bills are segmented by
product, LATA, Billing Account Number (BAN) and bill cycle.
Files and Reports
Daily Usage Record File (DUF) provides the
accumulated set of call information for a given day as captured or
recorded by the network Switches. This file will be transmitted Monday
through Friday, excluding Owest holidays. This information is a file
unrated Owest originated usage messages and rated Reseller originated
usage messages. It is provided in Alliance for Telecommunication
Industry Solution (ATIS) standard (Electronic Message Interface) EMI
format. This EMI format is outlined in the document SR-320; which can
be obtained directly from A TIS. The Daily Usage Record File contains
multi-state data for the Data Processing Center generating this
information. Individual state identification information is contained with
the message detail. Owest will provide this data to Reseller with the
Owest Resale Template 4-08-04 Version 1.
11-04/swd-ms/eAcceleration Corplldaho/CDS-0411 05-0032
Owest
Section 9
Access to ass
same level of precision and accuracy it provides itself. This file will be
provided for Resale.
The charge for this Daily Usage Record File is
contained in Exhibit A of this Agreement.
Routing of in-region IntraLA T A Collect, Calling Card
and Third Number Billed Messages - Owest will distribute in-region
intraLA T A collect, calling card , and third number billed messages to
Reseller and exchange with other Resellers operating in region in a
manner consistent with existing inter-company processing agreements.
Whenever the daily usage information is transmitted to a Carrier, it will
contain these records for these types of calls as well.2.4 Loss Report provides Reseller with a daily report
that contains a list of accounts that have had lines and/or services
disconnected. This may indicate that the End User Customer has
changed Resellers or removed services from an existing account. This
report also details the order number, service name and address , and date
this change was made. Individual reports will be provided for Resale.
Completion Report provides Reseller with a daily
report. This report is used to advise Reseller that the order( s) for the
service(s) requested is complete. It details the order number, service
name and address and date this change was completed. Individual
reports will be provided for Resale.
Category 11 Records are Exchange Message
, Records (EMR) which provide mechanized record formats that can
used to exchange access usage information between Owest and
Reseller. Category 1101 series records are used to exchange detailed
access usage information.
Reserved for Future Use.
SAG/FAM Files. The SAG (Street Address Guide)/
FAM (Features Availability Matrix) files contain the following information:a) SAG provides Address and Serving Central Office
Information. b) F AM provides USOCs and descriptions by state (POTS
services only), and USOC availability by NPA-NXX with the
exception of Centrex. InterLATA/lntraLATA Carriers by NPA-NXX.
These files are made available via a download process. They can
be retrieved by tip (file transfer protocol), Network Data Mover
(NOM) connectivity, or a Web browser.
Change Management
agrees to maintain a change management process, known as the Change
Qwest Resale Template 4-08-04 Version 1.
11-04/swd-ms/eAcceleration Corp/ldaho/CDS-0411 05-0032
Section 9
Access to ass
Management Process (CMP), that is consistent with or exceeds industry guidelines , standards
and practices to address awest's ass , products and processes. The CMP shall include, but
not be limited to, the following: (i) provide a forum for Reseller and awest to discuss Reseller
and awest change requests (CR), CMP notifications, systems release life cycles, and
communications; (ii) provide a forum for Resellers and awest to discuss and prioritize CRs
where applicable pursuant to CMP document; (iii) develop a mechanism to track and monitor
CRs and CMP notifications; (iv) establish intervals where appropriate in the process; (v),
processes by which Reseller impacts that result from changes to awest's ass, products or
processes can be promptly, and effectively resolved; (vi) process ,that are effective in
maintaining the shortest timeline practicable for the receipt, development and implementation
of aU CRs; (vii) sufficient dedicated awest processes to address and resolve in a timely
manner CRs and other issues hat come before the CMP body; (viii) processes for ass
Interface testing; (ix) information that is clearly organized and readily accessible to Resellers
including the availability of web-based tools; (x) documentation provided by awest that
effective in enabling Resellers to build an electronic gateway; and. (xi) a process for changing
CMP that calls for collaboration among Resellers and awest and requires agreement by the
CMP participants. Pursuant to the scope and procedures set forth in CMP document, awest
will submit to Resellers through the CMP among other things, modifications to existing
products and product and technical documentation available to Resellers, introduction of new
products available to Resellers, discontinuance of products available to Resellers
modifications to pre-ordering, ordering/Provisioning, maintenance/repair or Billing processes
introduction of pre-ordering, ordering/Provisioning, Maintenance/Repair or Billing processes
discontinuance of pre-ordering, ordering/Provisioning, maintenance/repair or Billing process
modifications to existing ass interfaces , introduction of new ass interfaces, and retirement of
existing ass interfaces. awest will maintain as part of CMP an escalation process so that
CMP issues can be escalated to a awest representative authorized to make a final decision
and a process for the timely resolution of disPlJtes. The governing document for CMP , known
as the Change Management Process, (the "CMP Document"). As of the date of filing, the
CMP Document is the subject of ongoing negotiations between awest and Resellers in the
ongoing CMP redesign process. Not all of the sections of CMP document have been
discussed or considered during the ongoing CMP redesign process, and the CMP Document
will be continued to be changed through those discussions. CMP document reflects the
commitments awest has made regarding maintaining its CMP as of the date of filing, and
awest commits to implement agreements made in the CMP redesign process as soon as
practicable after they are made. Following the completion of the CMP Document, will be
subject to change through the CMP process, as set forth in the CMP Do.cument. awest will
maintain the most current version of the CMP Document on its wholesale website.
In the course of establishing operational ready system interfaces
between awest and Reseller to support local service delivery, Reseller and
awest may need to define and implement system interface specifications that are
supplemental to existing standards. Reseller and awest will submit such
specifications to the appropriate standards committee and will work towards their
acceptance as standards.
Release updates will be implemented pursuant to the CMP set
forth in CMP document.
Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Agreement, the
CMP document will be modified pursuant to the terms of CMP document, or the
Owest Resale Template 4-08-04 Version 1.
11-04/swd-ms/eAcceleration Corp/ldaho/CDS-0411 05-0032
Section 9
Access to ass
procedures of the redesign process and incorporated as part of the SGA T
without requiring the execution or filing of any amendment to this Agreement.
Reseller Responsibilities for Implementation of ass Interfaces
Before any Reseller implementation can begin, Reseller must
completely and accurately answer the Reseller Questionnaire.
Once Qwest receives a complete and accurate New Customer
Questionnaire Qwest and Reseller will mutually agree upon time frames for
implementation.
Qwest Responsibilities for On-going Support for ass Interfaces8. Qwest will support previous EDI releases for six (6) months after the next
subsequent EDI release has been deployed. Qwest will use all reasonable efforts to
provide sufficient support to ensure that issues that arise in migrating to the new release
are handled in a timely manner.
Qwest will provide written notice to Reseller of the need to
migrate to a new release.
Qwest will provide an EDI Implementation Coordinator to work
with Reseller for business scenario re-certification , migration and data conversionstrategy definition.
Re-certification is the process by which Resellers demonstrate
the ability to generate correct functional transactions for enhancements not
previously certified. Qwest will provide the suite of tests for re-certification to
Reseller with the issuance of the disclosure document.8.4 Qwest shall provide training mechanisms for Reseller to pursue
in educating its internal personnel. Qwest shall provide training necessary for
Reseller to use Qwest's OSS interfaces and to understand Qwest's
documentation, including Qwest's business rules.
Reseller Responsibilities for On-going Support for ass Interfaces
If using the GUI interface , Reseller will take reasonable efforts to
train Reseller personnel on the GUI functions that Reseller will be using.
An exchange protocol will be used to transport EDI formatted
content. Reseller must perform certification testing of exchange protocol prior to
using the ED! interface.
Qwest will provide Reseller with access to stable testing
environment that mirrors production to certify that its OSS will be capable of
interacting smoothly and efficiently with Qwest's OSS. Qwest has established
the following test processes to assure the implementation of a solid interface
between Qwest and Reseller :
Owest Resale Template 4-08-04 Version 1.
11-04/swd-ms/eAcceleration Corp/ldaho/CDS-0411 05-0032
Section 9
Access to ass
Connectivity Testing Reseller and Qwest will
conduct connectivity testing. This test will establish the ability of the
trading partners to send and receive EDI messages effectively. This test
verifies the communications between the trading partners. Connectivity is
established during each phase of the implementation cycle. This test is
also conducted prior to Controlled Production and before going live in the
production environment if Reseller or Qwest has implemented
environment changes when moving into production.
2 Stand-Alone Testing Environment (SATE) - Qwest's
stand-alone testing environment will take pre-order and order requests
pass them to the stand-alone database, and return responses to Reseller
during its development and implementation of ED!. The SATE provides
Reseller the opportunity to validate its technical development efforts built
via Qwest documentation without the need to schedule test times. This
testing verifies Reseller ability to send correctly formatted EDI
transactions through the EDI system edits successfully for both new and
existing releases. SATE uses test account data supplied by Qwest.
Qwest will make additions to the test beds and test accounts as it
introduces new ass electronic interface capabilities, including support of
new products and services , new interface features, and functionalities.
All SATE pre-order queries and orders are subjected to the same edits as
production pre-order and order transactions. This testing phase is
optional.
Interoperability Testing - Reseller has the option
participating with Qwest in Interoperability testing to provide Reseller with
the opportunity to validate technical development efforts and to quantify
processing results. Interoperability testing verifies Reseller ability to
send correct EDI transactions through the EDI $ystem edits successfully.
Interoperability testing requires the use of account information valid in
Qwest production systems. All Interoperability pre-order queries and
order transactions are subjected to the same edits as production orders.
This testing phase is optional when Reseller has conducted Stand-Alone
Testing successfully. Qwest shall process pre-order transactions in
Qwest's production ass and order transactions through the business
processing layer of the EDI interfaces
If Reseller is using EDI , Qwest shall provide
Reseller with a pre-allotted amqunt of time to complete certification of its
business scenarios. Qwest will allow Reseller a reasonably sufficient
amount of time during the day and a reasonably sufficient number of days
during the week to complete certification of its business scenarios
consistent with the Reseller s business plan. It is the sole responsibility of
Reseller to schedule an appointment with Qwest for certification of its
business scenarios. Reseller must make every effort to comply with the
agreed upon dates and times scheduled for the certification of its
business scenarios. If the certification of business scenarios is delayed
due to Reseller, it is the sole responsibility of Reseller to schedule new
appointments for certification of its business scenarios. Qwest will make
reasonable efforts to accommodate Reseller schedule. Conflicts in the
Qwest Resale Template 4-08-04 Version 1.
11-04/swd-ms/eAcceleration Corp/ldaho/CDS-0411 05-0032
Section 9
Access to ass
schedule could result in certification being delayed. If a delay is due to
Qwest, Qwest will honor Reseller schedule through the use
alternative hours.9.4 If Reseller is using the EDI interface, Reseller must work with
Qwest to certify the business scenarios that Reseller will be using in order
ensure successful transaction processing. Qwest and Reseller shall mutually
agree to the business scenarios for which Reseller requires certification.
Certification will be granted for the specified release of the EDI interface. If
Reseller is certifying multiple products or services, Reseller has the option of
certifying those products or services serially or in parallel where Technically
Feasible.
9.4.For a new software release or upgrade, Qwest will
provide Reseller a stable testing environment that mirrors the production
environment in order for Reseller to test the new release. For software
releases and upgrades , Qwest has implemented the testing processes
set forth in this Section.
New releases of the EDI interface may require re-certification of
some or all business scenarios. A determination as to the need for re-
certification will be made by the Qwest coordinator in conjunction with the release
manager of each EDI release. Notice of the need for re-certification , will be
provided to Reseller as the new release is implemented. The suite of re-
certification test scenarios will be provided to Reseller with the disclosure
document. If a Reseller is certifying multiple products or services , Reseller has
the option of certifying those products or services serially or in parallel, where
Technically Feasible.
Reseller will contact the Qwest EDI Implementation Coordinator
to initiate the migration process. Reseller may not need to certify to every new
EDI release, however, Reseller must complete the re-certification and migration
to a new EDI release within six (6) months of the deployment of the new release.
Reseller will use reasonable efforts to provide sufficient support and personnel to
ensure that issues that arise in migrating to the new release are handled in atimely manner.
The following rules apply to initial development and
certification of EDI interface versions and migration to subsequent EDI
interface versions:
Stand Alone and/or Interoperability testing
must begin on the prior release before the next release is
implemented. Otherwise , Reseller will be required to move their
implementation plan to the next release.
New EDI users must be certified and in
production with at least one (1) product and one (1) order activity
type on a prior release two (2) months after the implementation of
the next release. . Otherwise, Reseller will be required to move
their implementation plan to the next release.
Qwest Resale Template 4-08-04 Version 1.
11-04/swd-ms/eAcceleration Corp/ldaho/CDS-0411 05-0032
Section 9
Access to ass
Any EDI user that has been placed into
production on the prior release not later than two (2) months after
the next release implementation may continue certifying additional
products and activities until two (2) months prior to the retirement
of the release. 'To be placed into production , the products/order
activities must have been tested in the SATE or Interoperability
environment before two (2) months after the implementation of the
next release.
Reseller will be expected to execute the re-certification test
cases in the stand alone and/or Interoperability test environments. Reseller will
provide Purchase Order Numbers (PONs) of the successful test cases to Owest.
2~9.In addition to the testing set forth in other sections of Section
, upon request by Reseller, Owest shall enter into negotiations for
comprehensive production test procedures. In the event that agreement is not
reached , Reseller shall be entitled to employ, at its choice, the Dispute
Resolution procedures of this Agreement or expedited resolution through request
to the state Commission to resolve any differences. In such cases, Reseller shall
be entitled to testing that is reasonably necessary to accommodate identified
business plans or operations needs , accounting for any other testing relevant to
those plans or needs. As part of the resolution of such dispute, there shall be
considered the. issue of assigning responsibility for the costs of such testing.
Absent a finding that the test scope and activities address issues of common
interest to the Reseller community, the costs shall be assigned to the Resellerrequesting the test procedures.
Reserved for Future Use.
Reseller Support
10.Owest shall provide documentation and assistance for Reseller
to understand how to implement and use all of the available ass functions.
Owest shall provide to Reseller in writing any internal business rules and other
formatting information necessary to ensure that Reseller s requests and orders
are processed efficiently. This assistance will include , but is not limited to
contacts to the Reseller account team , training, documentation, and Reseller
Help Desk. Owest will also supply Reseller with an escalation level contact list in
the event issues are not resolved via contacts to the Reseller account team
training, documentation, and Reseller Help Desk.
10.Reseller Help Desk
10.The Reseller Systems Help Desk will provide a
single point of' entry for Reseller to gain assistance in areas involving
connectivity, system availability, and file outputs. The Reseller Systems
Help Desk areas are further described below.
10.Connectivity covers trouble with Reselleraccess to the Owest system for hardware configuration
requirements with relevance to EDI and GUI interfaces; software
awest Resale Template 4-08-04 Version 1.
11-04/swd-ms/eAcceleration Corp/ldaho/CDS-0411 05-0032
Section 9
Access to ass
configuration requirements with relevance to EDI and GUI
interfaces; modem configuration requirements , T1 configuration
and dial-in string requirements, firewall access configuration
SecurlD configuration, Profile Setup, and password verification.
10.System Availability covers system errors
generated during an attempt by Reseller to place orders or open
trouble reports through EDI and GUI interfaces. These system
errors are limited to: Resale/POTS; Unbundled Network Elements
(UNE) POTS; Design Services and Repair.
10.File Outputs covers Reseller s output filesand reports produced from its usage and order activity. File
outputs system errors are limited to: Daily Usage File; Loss /
Completion File, lABS Bill, CRIS Summary Bill , Category 11
Report and SAG/F AM Reports.
10.Additional assistance to Resellers is available through various
public web sites. These web sites provide electronic interface training
information and user documentation and technical specifications and are located
on Owest's wholesale web site. Owest will provide Interconnect Service Center
Help Desks which will provide a single point of contact for Reseller to gain
assistance in areas involving order submission and manual processes.11 Compensation/Cost Recovery
Recurring and nonrecurring ass startup charges, as applicable, will be billed at rates set forth
in ExhibitA. Any such rates will be consistent with Existing Rules. Owest shall not impose any
recurring or nonrecurring ass start up charges unless and until the Commission authorizes
Owest to impose such charges and/or approves applicable rates at the completion appropriate cost docket proceedings.
Maintenance and Repair
, 9.Service Levels
Owest will provide repair and maintenance for all services
covered by this Agreement in substantially the same time and manner as that
which Owest provides for itself, its End User Customers, its Affiliates, or anyother party. Owest shall provide Reseller repair status information
substantially the same time and manner Owest provides for its retail services.
During the term of this Agreement, Owest will provide necessary
maintenance business process support to allow Reseller to provide similar
service quality to that provided by Owest to itself, its End User Customers, its
Affiliates, or any other party.
Owest will perform repair service that is substantially the samein timeliness and quality to that which it provides to itself its End User
Customers, its Affiliates, or any other party. Trouble calls from Reseller shall
receive response time priority that is substantially the same as that provided to
Owest, its End User Customers, its Affiliates, or any other party and shall be
handled in a nondiscriminatory manner.
Qwest Resale Template 4-08-04 Version 1.
11-04/swd-ms/eAcceleration Corplldaho/CDS-0411 05-0032
Section 9
Access to ass
Branding
Owest shall use unbranded Maintenance and Repair forms
while interfacing with Reseller End User Customers. Upon request, Owest shall
use Reseller provided and branded Maintenance and Repair forms. Owest may
not unreasonably interfere with branding by Reseller.
Except as specifically permitted by Reseller, in no event shall
Owest provide information to Reseller subscribers about Reseller or Reseller
product or services.
This section shall confer on Owest no rights to the service
marks, trademarks and trade names owned by or used in connection with
services offered by Reseller or its Affiliates, except as expressly permitted by
Reseller.
Service interruptions
The characteristics and methods of operation of any circuits
facilities or equipment of either Party connected with the services , facilities or
equipment of the other Party pursuant to this Agreement shall not: 1) interfere
with or impair service over any facilities of the other Party, its affiliated
companies, or its connecting and concurring Carriers involved in its services; 2)
cause damage to the plant of the other Party, its affiliated companies , or its
connecting concurring Carriers involved in its services; 3) violate any Applicable
Law or regulation regarding the invasion of privacy of any communications
carried over the Party s facilities; or 4) create hazards to the employees of either
Party or to the public. Each of these requirements is hereinafter referred to as an
Impairment of Service
If it is confirmed that either Party is causing an Impairment of
Service, as set forth in this Section , the Party whose network or service is being
impaired (the "Impaired , Party) shall promptly notify the Party causing the
Impairment of Service (the "Impairing Party) of the nature and location of the
problem. The Impaired Party shall advise the Impairing Party that, unless
promptly rectified , a temporary discontinuance of the use of any circuit, facility or
equipment may be required. The Impairing Party and the Impaired Party agree
to work together to attempt to promptly resolve the Impairment of Service. If the
Impairing Party is unable to promptly remedy the Impairment of Service, the
Impaired Party may temporarily discontinue use of the affected circuit, facility or
equipment.
To facilitate trouble reporting and to coordinate the repair of the
service provided by each Party to the other under this Agreement, each Party
shall designate a repair center for such service.
3.4 Each Party shall furnish a trouble reporting telephone number
for the designated repair center. This number shall give access to the location
where records are normally located and where current status reports on any
trouble reports are readily available. If necessary, alternative out-of-hours
procedures shall be established to ensure access to a location that is staffed and
Qwest Resale Template 4-08-04 Version 1.
11-04/swd-ms/eAcceleration Corp/ldaho/CDS-0411 05-0032
Section 9
Access to ass
has the authority to initiate corrective action.
Each Party shall furnish a trouble reporting telephone number
for the designated repair center. This number shall give access to the location
where records are normally located and where current status reports on any
trouble reports are readily available. If necessary, alternative out-of-hours
procedures shall be established to ensure access to a location that is staffed and
has the authority to initiate corrective action.
In cases where a trouble condition affects a
significant portion of the other s service, the Parties shall assign the same
priority provided to other interconnecting Resellers as itself, its End User
Customers , its Affiliates, or any other party.
conditions.
The Parties shall cooperate in isolating trouble
Trouble Isolation
3.4.Pursuant to the applicable exchange and' network service
catalog, Qwest will bill appropriate Maintenance of Service charges , set forth in
Exhibit A, for dispatched work done by Qwest where the trouble is found to be on
the end user s side of the NID or trouble is found to be in Reseller 's portion of
the network.
3.4.Maintenance of Service, set forth in Exhibit A, may be imposed
by Qwest on Reseller for other internal repair work incurred on behalf of Reseller
and later found to be in Reseller network components.
Inside Wire Maintenance
Except where specifically required by state or federal regulatory
mandates Qwest will not perform any maintenance of inside wire (premises
wiring beyond the end user s demarcation point) for Reseller or its end users.
Testing/Test Requests/Coordinated Testing
Qwest shall have no obligation to test an end user line or
circuit, but may in appropriate circumstances.
Prior to any test being conducted on a line , Qwest must receive
a trouble report from Reseller .
Qwest end users are not given test results. On manually
reported trouble, Qwest will not provide to Reseller the test results for its trouble
reports. For electronically reported trouble, Reseller may be provided various
basic test results.
Work Center Interfaces
Qwest and Reseller shall work cooperatively to develop positive
Owest Resale Template 4-08-04 Version 1.
11-04/swd-ms/eAcceleration Corp/ldaho/CDS-0411 05-0032
Section 9
Access to ass
close working relationships among corresponding work centers involved in the
trouble resolution processes.
Misdirected Repair Calls
Reseller and Qwest will employ the following procedures for
handling misdirected repair calls:
Reseller and Qwest will provide their respective end
users with the correct telephone numbers to call for access to their
respective repair bureaus.
End users of Reseller shall be instructed to report all
cases of trouble to Reseller. End users of Qwest shall be instructed to
report all cases of trouble to Qwest.
To the extent the correct provider can
determined , misdirected repair calls will be referred to the proper provider
of Basic Exchange Telecommunications Service; however, nothing in this
Agreement shall be deemed to prohibit Qwest or Reseller from discussing
its products and services with Reseller s or Qwest's End User Customers
who call the other Party seeking such information.1.4 Reseller and Qwest will provide their respective
repair contact numbers to one another on a reciprocal basis.
In responding to repair calls, Reseller s End User
Customers contacting Qwest in error will be instructed to contact
Reseller; and Qwest's End User Customers contacting Reseller in error
will be instructed to contact Qwest. In responding to calls, neither Party
shall make disparaging remarks about each other. To the extent the
correct provider can be determined , misdirected calls received by either
Party will be referred to the proper provider of Local Exchange Service;
however, nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to prohibit Qwest or
Reseller from discussing its products and services with Reseller s or
Qwest's End User ,Customers who call the other Party seeking such
information.
Major Outages/Restoral/Notification
Qwest will notify Reseller of major network outages as soon as
is practical. This notification will be via e-mail to Reseller 's identified contact.
With the minor exception of certain proprietary information, Qwest will utilize the
same thresholds and processes for external notification as it does for internal
purposes. This major outage information will be sent via e-mail on the same
frequency schedule as is provided internally within Qwest. Service restoration
will be non-discriminatory, and will be accomplished as quickly as possibleaccording to Qwest and/or industry standards.
Qwest will meet with associated personnel from Reseller to
share contact information a~d review Qwest's outage restoral processes and
Qwest Resale Template 4-08-04 Version 1.
11-04/swd-ms/eAcceleration Corp/ldaho/CDS-0411 05-0032
Section 9
Access to ass
notification processes.
basis.
Qwest's emergency restoration process operates on a 24x7
Protective Maintenance
10.Qwest will perform scheduled maintenance of substantially the
same quality to that which it provides to itself.
10.Qwest will work cooperatively with Reseller to develop industry-
wide processes to provide as much notice as possible to Reseller of pendingmaintenance activity. Such process work will include establishment of
reasonable thresholds and notification standards.
Hours of Coverage
11.Qwest's repair operation is seven (7) days a week , 24 hours a
day. Not all functions or locations are covered with scheduled employees on a
7X24 basis. Where such 24x7 coverage is not available , Qwest's repair
operations center (always available 24x7) can call-out technicians or other
personnel required for the situation.
Escalations
12.Qwest will provide trouble escalation procedures to Reseller .
Such procedures will be based on the processes Qwest employs for its own end
users. Qwest escalations are manual processes.
12.Qwest repair escalations begin with calls to the up-front trouble
reporting centers.
Dispatch
13.Qwest will provide maintenance dispatch personnel on the same
schedule as it provides for its own end users.
13.Upon the receipt of a trouble report from Reseller , Qwest will do
all that is reasonable and practical , according to internal and industry standards
to resolve the repair condition. Qwest will dispatch repair personnel on occasionto repair the condition. It will be Qwest's decision whether or not to send a
technician out on a dispatch. Owest reserves the right to make this dispatchdecision based on the best information available to it in the trouble resolutionprocess. It is not always necessary to dispatch to resolve trouble; shouldReseller require a dispatch when Qwest believes the dispatch is not necessary,
appropriate charges will be billed by Qwest to Reseller for those dispatch-relatedcosts in accordance with Exhibit A.
13.For POTS lines, Qwest will not request authorization from
Reseller prior to dispatch. For lines supported by Qwest's designed servicesprocess, Qwest may accept Reseller authorization to dispatch. Qwest's
Owest Resale Template 4-08-04 Version 1.
11-04/swd-ms/eAcceleration Corp/ldaho/CDS-0411 05-0032
Section 9
Access to ass
operational processes are regularly reviewed and may be altered in the future.
Should processes be changed , Reseller will be notified.
13.4 Reseller shall perform appropriate trouble isolation and
screening prior to submitting a trouble report to Qwest.
Electronic Reporting
14.Reseller may submit Trouble Reports through the electronic
bonding or GUI interfaces provided by Qwest.
Intervals/Parity
15.Similar trouble conditions, whether reported on behalf of Qwest
end users or on behalf of Reseller end users, will receive similar commitment
intervals.
Jeopardy Management
16.Notification to Reseller will be given on the same basis that a
trouble report interval is IikSly to be missed.
Trouble Screening
17.Reseller shall screen and test its end user trouble reports
completely enough to insure that it sends to Qwest only trouble reports that
involve Qwest facilities.
17.Qwest will cooperate with Reseller to show Reseller how Qwest
screens trouble conditions in its own centers, so that Reseller will employ similar
techniques in its centers.
Maintenance Standards
18.Qwest will cooperate with Reseller to meet the maintenance
standards outlined in this Agreement.
18.On manually reported trouble Qwest will inform Reseller of
repair completion as soon as is practical after its completion. On electronically
reported trouble reports the electronic system will automatically update status
information, including trouble completion, across the joint electronic gateway.
End User Interfaces
19.Reseller will be responsible for all interactions with its end users
including service call handling and notifying its end users of trouble status andresolution.
19.All Qwest employees who perform repair service for Reseller end users
will be trained in non-discriminatory behavior.
Owest Resale Template 4-08-04 Version 1.
11-04/swd-ms/eAcceleration Corp/ldaho/CDS-0411 05-0032
Section 9
Access to ass
Repair Call Handling
20.Manually reported repair calls by Reseller to Owest will be answered
with substantially the same quality and speed as Owest answers calls from its own end
users.
Single Point of Contact
21.Owest will provide a single point of contact for Reseller to report
maintenance issues and trouble reports seven days a week, twenty-four hours a day. A
single 24x7 trouble reporting telephone number will be provided to Reseller for each
category of trouble situation being encountered.
Network Information
22.Owest maintains an information database, available to Reseller for the
purpose of allowing Reseller to obtain information about Owest's NPAs, LATAs , Access
Tandems and central offices.
22.This database is known as the Interconnection (ICONN) database
available to Reseller via Owest's Web site.
22.Customer Proprietary Network Information (CPNI) information and NXX
activity reports are also included in this database.
22.4 ICONN is updated every two (2) weeks.
Maintenance Windows
23.Generally, Owest performs major switch maintenance activities off-
hours, during certain "maintenance windows
23.Generally, the maintenance window is between 0:00 PM through 6:00
AM Monday through Friday, and Saturday 0:00 p.m. through Monday 6:00 am
Mountain Time.
23.Although Owest normally does major switch maintenance during the
above maintenance window, there will be occasions where this will not be possible.23.4 Planned generic upgrades to Owest switches are included in the ICONN
database, available to Reseller via Owest's Web site.
Owest Resale Template 4-08-04 Version 1.
11-04/swd-ms/eAcceleration Corp/ldaho/CDS-0411 05-0032
Section 1
Qwest Official Directory Publisher
Section 10.0 - Directory Publisher
10.Qwest and Reseller agree that certain issues outside the provision of basic white
page directory listings, such as yellow pages advertising, yellow pages listings, directory
coverage, access to call guide pages (phone service pages), applicable listings criteria, white
page enhancements and publication schedules will be the subject of negotiations between
Reseller and directory publishers. Qwest acknowledges that Reseller may request Qwest to
facilitate discussions between Reseller and Qwest Official Directory Publishers.
Qwest Resale Template 4-08-04 Version 1.
11-04/swd-ms/eAcceleration Corp/ldaho/CDS-0411 05-0032
Section 11
Section 11.0 - SERVICE PERFORMANCE
11.Performance Indicator Definitions (PIDs), in their current form as developed by the
Regional Oversight Committee, are included in Exhibit B of this Agreement. Subsequent
changes to these PIDs that are made by the Regional Oversight' Committee shall be
incorporated into Exhibit B by reference. The PIDs , together with applicable modifications, that
apply to and are governed by the Performance Assurance Plan (PAP) are presented in
Appendices A and B of Exhibit K to this Agreement. Modifications of PIDs that apply to the PAP
shall be made in accordance with Section 18 of Exhibit K. Only those PAP provisions
applicable to Resold Services under this Agreement shall apply.
Qwest Resale Template 4-08-04 Version 1.
11-04/swd-ms/eAcceleration Corp/ldaho/CDS-0411 05-0032
Section 12.0 - SIGNATURE PAGE
By signing below, and in consideration of the mutual promises set forth herein, and other
good and valuable consideration , Reseller adopts this AGREEMENT and upon receipt
by Qwest, the Parties agree to abide by the terms and conditions set forth in this Resale
Agreement.
eAcceleration Corp
Signature
Qwest Corporation
~rU~'L---
Signature
Clinton L Ballard
Name PrintedlTyped
Larr Christensen
Name PrintedlTyped
Chief Executive Officer
Title
Director-Interconnection Aoreements
Title
,J~A-
Date
fir!
Date
awest Resale Template 4-08-04 Version 1.
11-04/swd-ms/eAcceleration Corplldaho/CDS-0411 05-0032
Exhibit A
Idaho
Select the appropriate type of contract below:
New Notes
Resale Wholesale Wholesale
Discount Discount
Percentage Percentage
Recurring Nonrecurring
Charges Charges
Wholesale Discount Rates
Southern Idaho
Basic Exchanqe Residential Line Service 18.25%18,25%
Basic Exchanae Business Line Service 18,25%18.25%
IntraLATA Toll 18.25%18,25%
1.4 Package/Special Services (e., Centrex, Discounted Line/Feature Packages 18,25%18.25%
ISDN, PBX-Trunks, DSS & UAS, Frame Relay Service, LAN, MegaBit and other
ACS)
Listinqs, CO Features & Information Services 18.25%18,25%
Private Line 18.25%18,25%
Operator Services / Directorv Assistance (OS/DA)18,25%18.25%
Volume Packaqed Services - Hiqh Volume Customers 65%65%
Public Access Line (PAL) Service 00%00%
2 'Northern Idaho
Basic Exchanae Residential Line Service 19.37%19.37%
Basic Exchanqe Business Line Service / PBX 19.37%19.37%
IntraLATA Toll 19.37%19.37%
2.4 Package/Special Services (e.g" Centrex, Discounted Line/Feature Packages 19.37%19,37%
ISDN, PBX-Trunks, DSS & UAS, Frame Relay Service, LAN, MegaBit and other
ACS)
Listinas, CO Features & Information Services 19,37%19.37%
Private Line 19.37%19.37%
Operator Services / Directory Assistance (OS/DA)19,37%19,37%
Volume Packaqed Services - Hiqh Volume Customers 87%87%
Public Access Line (PAL) Service 00%00%
Customer Transfer Charae (CTC)
6.2.CTC for POTS Service
Manual
First Line $16,
Each Additional Line $2,
Mechanized
First Line $0.
Each Additional Line $0,
CTC for Private Line Transport Services
First Circuit $38,
Additional Circuit, per circuit, same CSR $33.
CTC for Advanced Communications Services, per Circuit $46.
NOTES:
Unless otherwise indicated, all rates are pursuant to Idaho Public Utilities Commission Dockets:
B Cost Docket QWE-01-11 , Order No. 29408 (January 5 2004) rates effective January 5 2004,
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision Exhibit A 5th Amended April 26, 2004 Page 1 of 1
Qwest
Spirit of Service
Service Performance Indicator Definitions (PID)
14-State 271 PID Version 8.
QWEST'S SERVICE PERFORMANCE INDICATOR DEFINITIONS (PID)
14-State 271 PID Version 8.
Introduction
Qwest will report performance results for the service performance indicators defined herein. Qwest will report
separate performance results associated with the services it provides to Competitive Local Exchange Carriers
(CLECs) in aggregate (except as noted herein), to CLECs individually and , as applicable, to Qwest's retail
customers in aggregate. Within these categories, performance results related to service provisioning and
repair will be reported for the products listed in each definition. Reports for CLECs individually will be subject
to agreements of confidentiality and/or nondisclosure.
The definitions in this version of the PID apply in the 14 states of Qwest's local service region: Arizona
Colorado, Idaho, Iowa, Minnesota , Montana , Nebraska, New Mexico, North Dakota, Oregon, South Dakota
Utah , Washington and Wyoming. Individual state Performance Assurance Plans may specify and apply state
specific variations from the Performance Measure definitions and/or standards contained herein.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Sixth Amended Exhibit 8 September 15, 2004 Page i
Qwest's Service Performance Indicator Definitions
Table of Contents
ELECTRONIC GATEWAY AVAILABILITY ...........................................................................
GA-1 - Gateway Availability - IMA-GUI..............................................................................
GA-2 - Gateway Availability - IMA-EDI ..............................................................................
GA-3 - Gateway Availability - EB-TA .................................................................................
GA-4 - System Availability EXACT ..................................................................................
, GA-6 - Gateway Availability - GUI -- Repair.......................................................................
GA-7 - Timely Outage Resolution following Software Releases.........................................
PRE -0 R DE RIO R D E R . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PO-1 - Pre-Order/Order Response Times ..........................................................................
PO-2 - Electronic Flow-through ........................................................................................
PO-3 - LSR Rejection Notice Interval...............................................................................
PO-4 - LSRs Rejected ......................................................................................................
PO-5 - Firm Order Confirmations (FOCs) On Time ..........................................................
PO-6 - Work Completion Notification Timeliness..............................................................
PO-7 - Billing Completion Notification Timeliness ............................................................
PO-8 - Jeopardy Notice Interval .......................................................................................
PO-9 - Timely Jeopardy Notices.......................................................................................
PO-15 - Number of Due Date Changes per Order ...........................................................
PO-16 - Timely Release Notifications ...........................................................................
PO-19 - Stand-Alone Test Environment (SATE) Accuracy...............................................
PO-20 (Expanded) - Manual Service Order Accuracy ......................................................
ORDERI NG AN D PROVISION ING
......................................................... ................ ........... ..
OP-2 - Calls Answered within Twenty Seconds - Interconnect Provisioning Center........
OP-3 - Installation Commitments Met..........................................
;....................................
OP-4 - InstaHation Interval................................................................................................
OP-5 - New Service Quality..............................................................................................
OP-6 - Delayed Days........................................................................................................
OP-7 - Coordinated "Hot Cut" Interval- Unbundled Loop ................................................
OP-8 - Number Portability Timeliness ..............................................................................
OP-13 - Coordinated Cuts On Time - Unbundled Loop ...................................................
OP-15 -Interval for Pending Orders Delayed Past Due Date...........................................
OP-17 - Timeliness of Disconnects associated with LNP Orders .....................................
MAl NTENANCE AN D REP AI R .
.... ................................ .... ............ .............. ....... ... ............. .
MR-2 - Calls Answered within 20 Seconds - Interconnect Repair Center........................
MR-3 - Out of Service Cleared within 24 Hours................................................................
MR-4 - All Troubles Cleared within 48 hours ....................................................................
MR-5 - All Troubles Cleared within 4 hours ......................................................................
MR-6 - Mean Time to Restore ..........................................................................................
MR-7 - Repair Repeat Report Rate ..................................................................................
MR-8 -Trouble Rate.........................................................................................................
MR-9 - Repair Appointments Met .....................................................................................
MR-10 - Customer and Non-Qwest Related Trouble Reports ..........................................
MR-11 - LNP Trouble Reports Cleared within 24 Hours......................
~............................
B ILL IN G . ..... ..
........ .. .. ... .. ... ... . .. . ... . . ... . ..... . . .... ......... ........... . .... . . . .. ... .... . .... ... .. . .... .. . .. ... . .. .. . .. .
... fS ()
BI-1 - Time to provide Recorded Usage Records ............................................................
Qwest Idaho SGA T Third Revision, Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page ii
Table of Contents (continued)
BI-2 -Invoices Delivered within 10 Days ..........................................................................
BI-3 - Billing Accuracy - Adjustments for Errors ..............
,................................................
BI-4 - Billing Completeness ..............................................................................................
DATABASE U PDA TES
............................................ .............................. ......................... ... .
DB-1 - Time to Update Databases....................................................................................
DB-2 - Accurate Database Updates .................................................................................
DIRECTORY ASSISTANCE........................... ...............................
.................................... ..
DA-1 - Speed of Answer - Directory Assistance ..............................................................
OPERATOR SERVICES................ .
................................................................................... ..
OS-1 - Speed of Answer - Operator Services ..................................................................
NETWORK PERFORMAN CE............................................................................................. .
NI-1 - Trunk Blocking........................................................................................................
NP-1 - NXX Code Activation. ...... .......................
.......... .... ......................... ....... ........... ......
COLLOCATION....................................... ...........................................................
.............. ...
CP-1 - Collocation Completion IntervaL............... "".'
................................................ .... ...
CP-2 - Collocations Completed within Scheduled Intervals..............................................
CP-3 - Collocation Feasibility Study Interval.....................................................................
CP-4 - Collocation Feasibility Study Commitments Met .................................................100
DEFI N ITION OF TERMS......................... ............................................................ ......... .....101
GLOSSARY OF ACRONYMS...........................,; ... ............................................................105
AP PEN DIX A
................................................. ............................................................... .....
107
Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page iii
Electronic Gateway Availability
GA-1 - Gateway Availability - IMA-GUI
Purpose:
Evaluates the quality of GLEG access to the IMA-GUI electronic gateway and one associated system
focusinQ on the extent they are actually available to GLEGs.
Description:
GA-1A: Measures the availability of the IMA-GUI (Interconnect Mediated Access- Graphical User
Interface), and reports the percentage of Scheduled Availability Time the IMA-GUI interface is
available for view and/or input.
Scheduled Up Time hours for preorder, order, and provisioning transactions are based on the
currently published hours of availability found on the following website:'
http://www.qwest.com/wholesale/cmp/ossHours.html.
GA-1D: Measures the availability of the SIA system , which facilitates access for the IMA-GUI interface
and the 'IMA-EDI interface (see GA-2), and reports the percentage of scheduled time the SIA
system is available. Scheduled availability times will be no less than the same hours as listed for
IMA-GUI and IMA-EDI.
. Time Gateway is Available to GLEGs is equal to Scheduled Availability Time minus Outage Time.
Scheduled Availability Time is equal to Scheduled Up Time minus Scheduled Down Time.
Scheduled Down Time is time identified and communicated that the interface is not available due to
maintenance and/or upgrade work. Notification of Scheduled Down Time for routine maintenance
and/or upgrade work will be provided no less than 48 hours in advance.
. An outage is a critical or serious loss of functionality, attributable to the specified gateway or
component (Le., IMA-GUI , SIA), affecting Owest's ability to serve its customers. An outage is
determined by Owest technicians through the use of verifiable data, collected from the affected
customer(s) and/or from mechanized event management systems.
Reporting Period: One month
Reporting Comparisons: GLEG aggregate
results
Unit of Measure: Percent
Disaggregation Reporting: Region-wide level.
Results will be reported as follows:
GA-1A IMA Graphical User Interface Gateway
GA-1 D SIA system
Formula:
((Number of Hours and Minutes Gateway is Available to GLEGs During Reporting Period) + (Number of
Hours and Minutes of Scheduled Availability Time During Reporting Period)) x 100
Exclusions: None
Product Reporting: None Standard:99.25 percent
Availability:Notes:
Available
Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page
GA-2 - Gateway Availability - IMA-EDI
Purpose:
Evaluates the quality of GLEG access to the IMA-EDI electronic gateway, focusing on the extent the
gateway is actually available to GLEGs.
Description:
Measures the availability of IMA-EDI (Interconnect Mediated Access - Electronic Data Interchange)
interface and reports the percentage of scheduled availability time the IMA-EDllnterface is available
for view and/or input. All times during which the interface is scheduled to be operating during the
reporting period are measured.
Scheduled Up Time hours for IMA-EDI based on the currently published hours of availability found
on the following website: http://www.qwestcom/wholesale/cmp/ossHours.html. Time Gateway is
Available to GLEGs is equal to Scheduled Availability Time minus Outage Time.
Scheduled Availability Time is equal to Scheduled Up Time minus Scheduled Down Time.
Scheduled Down Time is time identified and communicated that the interface is not available due
to maintenance and/or upgrade work. Notification of Scheduled Down Time for routine
maintenance and/or upgrade work will be provided no less than 48 hours in advance.
. An outage is a critical or serious loss of functionality, attributable to the specified gateway or
component (i.e., IMA-EDI), affecting Owest's ability to serve its customers. An outage is
determined by Owest technicians through the use of verifiable data, collected from the affected
customer(s) and/or from mechanized event management systems.
Reporting Period: One month
Reporting Comparisons: GLEG
aggregate results
Formula:
((Number of Hours and Minutes Gateway is Available to GLEGs During Reporting Period) -7- (Number
of Hours and Minutes of Scheduled Availability Time During Reporting Period) ) x 100
Unit of Measure: Percent
Disaggregation Reporting: Region-wide level.
(See GA-1 D for reporting of SIA system availability.
Exclusions: None
Product Reporting: None Standard:99.25 percent
Availability:Notes:
Available
Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision , Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 2
GA-3 - Gateway Availability - EB-T A
Purpose:
Evaluates the quality of GLEG access to the EB- T A interface , focusing on the extent the gateway is
actually available to GLEGs.
Description:
Measures the availability of EB-TA (Electronic Bonding - Trouble Administration) interface and reports
the percentage of scheduled availability time the EB- T A Interface is available.
Scheduled Up Time hours are based on the currently published hours of availability found on the
following website: http://www.qwestcom/wholesale/cmp/ossHours.html.
Time Gateway is Available to GLEGs is equal to Scheduled Availability Time minus Outage Time.
Scheduled Availability Time is equal to Scheduled Up Time minus Scheduled Down Time.
Scheduled Down Time is time identified and communicated that the interface is not available due
to maintenance and/or upgrade work. Notification of Scheduled Down Time for routine
maintenance and/or upgrade work will be provided no less than 48 hours in advance.
An. outage is a critical or serious loss of functionality, attributable to the specified gateway or
component (i.e., EB-TA), affecting Qwest's ability to serve its customers. An outage is determined
by Qwest technicians through the use of verifiable data, collected from the affected customer(s)
and/or from mechanized event manaQement systems.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent
Reporting Comparisons: GLEG aggregate results Disaggregation Reporting: Region-wide level.
Formula:
((Number of Hours and Minutes Gateway is Available to GLEGs During Reporting Period)
-;-
(Number
of Hours and Minutes of Scheduled Availability During Reporting Period)) x 100
Exclusions: None
Product Reporting: None Standard:99.25 percent
Availability:Notes:
Available
Qwest IdahoSGAT Third Revision , Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 3
GA-4 - System Availability EXACT
Purpose:
Evaluates the quality of CLEC batch access to the EXACT electronic access service request system
focusing on the extent the system is actually available to CLECs.
Description:
Measures the availability of EXACT system and reports the percentage of scheduled availability time
the EXACT system is available.
Scheduled Up Time hours are based on the currently published hours of availability found on the
following website: http://www.Qwestcom/wholesale/cmp/ossHours.html.
Time System is Available to CLECs is equal to Scheduled Availability Time minus Outage Time.
Scheduled Availability Time is equal to Scheduled Up Time minus Scheduled Down Time.
Scheduled Down Time is time identified and communicated that the system is not available due to
maintenance and/or upgrade work. Notification of Scheduled Down Time for routine maintenance
and/or upgrade work will be provided no less than 48 hours in advance.
An outage is a critical or serious loss of functionality, attributable to the specified gateway or
component (Le., EXACT), affecting Owest's ability to serve its customers. An outage is
determined by Owest technicians through the use of verifiable data , collected from the affected
customer(s) and/or from mechanized event management systems.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent
Reporting Comparisons: CLEC aggregate results Disaggregation Reporting: Region-wide level.
Formula:
((Number of Hours and Minutes EXACT is Available to CLECs During Reporting Period)
-;-
(Number of
Hours and Minutes of Scheduled Availability During Reporting Period)) x 100
Exclusions: None
Product Reporting: None Standard:99.25 percent
Availability:Notes:
Available
Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 4
GA-6 - Gateway Availability - GUI -- Repair
Purpose:
Evaluates the quality of CLEC access to the GUI Repair electronic gateway, focusing on the extent the
gateway is actually available to CLECs.
Description:
Measures the availability of the GUI (Graphical User Int~rface) repair electronic interface and reports
the percentage of scheduled availability time the interface is available for view and/or input All times
during which the interface is scheduled to be operating during the reporting period are measured.
Scheduled Up Time" hours are based on the currently published hours of availability found on the
following website: http://www.qwestcom/wholesale/cmp/ossHours.html.
. Time Gateway is Available to CLECs is equal to Scheduled Availability Time minus Outage Time.
Scheduled Availability Time is equal to Scheduled Up Time minus Scheduled Down Time.
Scheduled Down Time is time identified and communicated that the interface is not available due
to maintenance and/or upgrade work. Notification of Scheduled Down Time for routine
maintenance and/or upgrade work will be provided no less than 48 hours in advance.
. An outage IS a critical or serious loss of functionality, attributable to the specified gateway or
component (i.e., GUI-Repair), affecting Owest's ability to serve its customers. An outage is
determined by Owest technicians through the use of verifiable data , collected from the affected
customer(s) and/or from mechanized event management systems.
Reporting Period: One month
Reporting Comparisons: CLEC
aggregate results
Formula:
(Number of Hours and Minutes Gateway is Available to CLECs During Reporting Period
-;-
Number of
Hours and Minutes of Scheduled Availability Time During Reporting Period) x 100
Unit of Measure: Percent
Disaggregation Reporting: Region-wide level.
Exclusions: None
Product Reporting: None Standard:99.25 percent
Availability:Notes:
Available
Owest Idaho SGA T Third Revision, Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 5
GA-7 - Timely Outage Resolution following Software Releases
Purpose:
Measures the timeliness of resolution of gateway or system outages attributable to software releases for
specified OSS interfaces, focusing on GLEe-affecting software releases involving the specified gateways
or systems.
Description:
Measures the percentage of gateway or system outages , which are attributable to OSS system
software releases and which occur within two weeks after the implementation of the OSS system
software releases, that are resolved NOTE 1 within 48 hours of detection by the Owest monitoring group
or reporting by a GLEe/co-provider.
Includes software releases associated with the following OSS interfaces in Owest IMA-GUI , IMA-
EDI , and CEMR, Exchan~e Access, Control, & Tracking (EXACT)NOTE 2, Electronic Bonding- Trouble
Administration (EB - T A) aTE 3
. An outage for this measurement is a critical or serious loss of functionality, attributable to the
specified gateway or component, affecting Owest's ability to serve its customers or data loss NOTE 4
the Owest side of the interface. An outage is determined by Owest technicians through the use of
verifiable data, collected from the affected customer(s) and/or from mechanized event management
systems.
. The outage resolution time interval considered in this measurement starts at the time Owest's
monitoring group detects a failure, or at the date/time of the first transaction sent to Owest that cannot
be processed (i.e. lost data), and ends with the time functionality is restored or the lost data is
recovered.
Reporting Period: Monthly
Reporting Comparisons: CLEC Aggregate
Unit of Measure: Percent
Disaggregation Reporting: Region-wide level.
Formula:
((Total outages detected within two weeks of a Software Release that are resolved within 48 hours of the
time Owest detects the outage) + (Total number of outages detected within two weeks of Software
Releases resolved in the Reporting Period)) x 100
Exclusions:
Outages in releases prior to any CLEC migrating to the release.
Duplicate reports attributable to the same software defect.
Product Reporting: None Standards:
Volume = 1-20: 1 miss
Volume ~ 20: 95%
Availability:
Available
Notes:
1. "Resolved" means that service is restored to the reporting CLEC, as
experienced by the CLEC.
2. EXACT is a Telecordia system. Only releases for changes initiated by
Owest for hardware or connectivitY. will be included in this measurement.
3. Outages reported under EB-TA are the same as outages in MEDIACC.
4. For data loss to be considered for GA-, a functional acknowledgement
must have been provided for the data in question (e., EDI 997, LSR 10
or trouble ticket number).
Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision , Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 6
Pre-Order/Order
PO-1 - Pre-Order/Order Response Times
Purpose:
Evaluates the timeliness of responses to specific preordering/ordering queries for CLECs through the use of
Qwest's Operational Support Systems (OSS). Qwest's ass are accessed through the specified gateway
interface.
Description:
PO-1A & PO-1B:
Measures the time interval between query and response for specified pre-order/order transactions through the
electronic interface.
Measurements are made using a system that simulates the transactions of requesting pre-
ordering/ordering information from the underlying existing ass. These simulated transactions are made
through the operational production interfaces and existing systems in a manner that reflects, in a
statistically-valid manner, the transaction response times experienced by CLEC service representatives in
the reporting period.
. The time interval between query and response consists of the period from the time the transaction request
was "sent" to the time it is "received" via the gateway interface.
. A query is an individual request for the specified type of information.
PO-1 C:
Measures the percentage of all IRTM Queries measured by PO-1A & 1 B transmitted in the reporting
period that timeout before receiving a response.
PO-1 0:
Measures the average response time for a sampling of rejected queries across preorder transaction types.
The response time measured is the time between the issuance of a pre-ordering transaction and the
receipt of an error message associated with a "rejected query." A rejected query is a transaction that
cannot be successfully processed due to the provision of incomplete or invalid information by the sender
which results in an error message back to the sender. NOTE 1
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure:
PO-, PO-, & PO-1D:,Seconds
PO-1 C: Percent
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 7
PO-1 - Pre-Order/Order Response Times (continued)
Reporting
Comparisons:
CLEC aggregate.
Disaggregation Reporting: Region-wide level. Results are reported as follows:
PO-1A Pre-Order/Order Response Time for IMA-GUI
PO-1 B Pre-Order/Order Response Time for IMA-EDI
Results are reported separately for each of the following transaction types: NOTE 2
' Appointment Scheduling (Due Date Reservation , where appointment is required)2. Service Availability Information3. Facility Availability4. Street Address Validation
5. Customer Service Records
6. Telephone Number
7. Loop Qualification Tools NOTE 3
8. Resale of Qwest DSL Qualification9. Connecting Facility Assignment NOTE 4
10. Meet Point Inquiry NOTE 5
For PO-1A (transactions via IMA-GUI), in addition to reporting total response time
response times for each of the above transactions will be reported in two parts: (a) time
to access the request screen, and (b) time to receive the response for the specified
transaction. For PO-1A 6, Telephone Number, a third part (c) accept screen , will be
reported.
For PO-1 B (transactions via IMA-EDI), requesUresponse will be reported as a combined
number.
PO-1C Results for PO-1C will be reported according to the gateway interface used:1. Percent of Preorder Transactions that Timeout IMA-GUI2. Percent of Preorder Transactions that Timeout IMA-EDI
PO-1 D Results for PO-1 D will be reported according to the gateway interface used:1. Rejected Response Times for IMA-GUI2. Rejected Response Times for IMA-EDI
Formula:
PO-1A & PO-1 B L((Query Response Date & Time) - (Query Submission Date & Time)) + (Number of
Queries Submitted in Reporting Period)
PO-1 C
PO-1 D
((Number of IRTM Queries measured by PO-1A & 1 B that Timeout before receiving
response) + (Number of IRTM Queries Transmitted in Reporting Period)) x 100
L((Rejected Query Response Date & Time) - (Query Submission Date & Time))
(Number of Rejected Query Transactions Simulated by IRTM)
Exclusions:
PO-1A & PO-1 B:
Rejected requests/errors, and timed out transactions
PO-1 C:
Rejected requests and errors
PO-1 D:
Timed out transactions
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Sixth Amended Exhibit B Page 8September 15, 2004
PO-1 - Pre-Order/Order Response Times (continued)
Product Reporting: None Standards:
Total Response Time:
1. Appointment Scheduling2. Service Availability
Information3. Facility Availability4. Street Address Validation
5. Customer Service Records
6. Telephone Number
7. Loop Qualification ToolsNOT~ 3
8. Resale of Qwest DSL
Qualification9. Connecting Facility
Assignment
10. Meet Point Inquiry
PO-1 C-
PO-1 C-
PO-1D-1 & 2
Availability:
Available
IMA-GUI
-:::10 seconds
-:::25 seconds
-:::25 seconds
-:::
10 seconds
-:::12.5 seconds
-:::10 seconds
~ 20 seconds
~ 20 seconds
~ 25 seconds
~ 30 seconds
IMA-EDI
-:::10 seconds
-:::25 seconds
-:::25 seconds
-:::10 seconds
. -:::12.5 seconds
-:::
10 seconds
~ 20 seconds
~ 20 seconds
~ 25 seconds
~ 30 seconds
Diagnostic
Notes:1. Rejected query types used in PO-1D are those developed for internal
Qwest diagnostic purposes.
2. As additional transactions , currently done manually, are mechanized
they will be measured and added to or included in the above list of
transactions, as applicable.3. Results based on a weighted combination of ADSL Loop Qualification
and Raw Loop Data Tool.4. Results based on Connecting Facility Assignment by Unit Query.5. Results based on meet Point Query, POTS Splitter option for Shared
loops.
6. Times reflect non-complex services, including residential , simple
business , or POTS account. Does not include ADSL or accounts:::.25
lines.
7. Benchmark applies to response time only. Request time and Total
time will also be reported.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 9
PO-2 - Electronic Flow-through
Purpose:
Monitors the extent Qwest's processing of CLEC Local Service Requests (LSRs) is completely
electronic, focusing on the degree that electronically-transmitted LSRs flow directly to the service
order rocessor without human intervention or without manual ret inDescription:
PO-2A - Measures the percentage of all electronic LSRs that flow from the specified electronic
gateway interface to the Service Order Processor (SOP) without any human intervention.
Includes all LSRs that are submitted electronically through the specified interface during the
reporting period, subject to exclusions specified below.
PO-2B - Measures the percentage of all flow-through-eligible LSRs NOTE 1 that flow from the specified
electronic gateway interface to the SOP without any human intervention"
Includes all flow-through-eligible LSRs that are submitted electronically through the specified
interface durin the re ortin eriod, sub"ect to exclusions s ecified below.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent
Reporting Comparisons: CLEC
aggregate, individual CLEC
Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide level (per multi- ,
state system serving the state)"
Results for PO-2A and PO-2B will be reported
according to the gateway interface* used to submit the
LSR:
LSRs received via IMA-GUI
LSRs received via IMA-EDI
CO also reports an aggregate of IMA-GUI and IMA-EDI
results.
Formula:
PO,.2A = ((Number of Electronic LSRs that pass from the Gateway Interface to the SOP without
human intervention)
-;-
(Total Number of Electronic LSRs that pass through the Gateway
Interface)) x 100
PO-2B = ((Number of flow-through-eligible Electronic LSRs that actually pass from the Gateway
Interface to the SOP without human intervention)
-;-
(Number of flow-through-eligible
Electronic LSRs received through the Gateway Interface)) x 100
Exclusions:
Rejected LSRs and LSRs containing GLEe-caused non-fatal errors.
Non-electronic LSRs (e., via fax or courier).
Records with invalid product codes.
Records missing data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID.
Duplicate LSR numbers. (Exclusion to be eliminated upon implementation of IMA capability to
disallow duplicate LSR #'
Invalid start/sto dates/times.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision , Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 10
PO-2 - Electronic Flow-through (continued)
Product Reporting:
Resale
Unbundled Loops (with or
without Local Number
Portability)
Local Number Portability
. UNE-P (POTS) and UNE-
(Centrex 21
Line Sharing
Availability:
Available (except as
follows ):
Combined reporting
of UNE-P (POTS)
and UNE-P (Centrex
21) - beginning with
Jul 04 data on the
Aug 04 report.
Line Sharing -
beginning with Jul 04
data on the Aug 04
report
Standards:
PO-2A:
CO: CO PO-2B benchmarks minus 10 percent NOTE 2
All Other States: Diagnostic
PO-2B: NOTE
Resale:
Unbundled Loops:
LNP:
UNE-P (POTS & Centrex 21):
Line Sharinq:
95%
85%
95%
95%
Diaqnostic
Notes:
1. The list of LSR types classified as eligible for flow through is contained in
the "LSRs Eligible for Flow Through" matrix. This matrix also includes
availability for enhancements to flow through. Matrix will be distributed
through the CMP process.2. In Colorado the standard for PO-2 is considered met if the standard for
either PO-2A or PO-2B is met. For both PO-2A and PO-, the
benchmark percentages shown apply to the aggregations of PO-2A-1 and
PO-2A-2 (Le., the combined PO-2A result) and of PO-2B-1 and PO-2B-
(Le., the combined PO-2B result).
3. The standard and future disaggregated reporting of the Line Sharing
product is TBD, pending resolution of TRO issues.
awest Idaho SGAT Third Revision , Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 11
PO-3 - LSR Rejection Notice Interval
Purpose:
Monitors the timeliness with which Owest notifies CLECs that electronic and manual LSRs were
rejected.
Description:
Measures the interval between the receipt of a Local Service Request (LSR) and the rejection of the
LSR for standard categories of errors/reasons.
.' Includes all LSRs submitted through the specified interface that are rejected during the reporting
period.
Standard reasons for rejections are: missing/incomplete/mismatching/unintelligible information
duplicate request or LSR/PON (purchase order number), no separate LSR for each account
telephone number affected , no valid contract, no valid end user verification , account not working in
Owest territory, service-affecting order pending, request is outside established parameters for
service , and lack of CLEC response to Owest question for clarification about the LSR.
Included in the interval is time required for efforts by Owest to work with the CLEC to avoid the
necessity of rejecting the LSR.
With hours: minutes reporting, hours counted are (1) business hours for manual rejects (involving
human intervention) and (2) published Gateway Availability hours for auto-rejects (involving no
human intervention). Business hours are defined as time during normal business hours of the
Wholesale Delivery Service Centers, except for PO-3C in which hours counted are workweek
clock hours. Gateway Availability hours are based on the currently published hours of availability
found on the followinq website: http://www.qwestcom/wholesale/cmp/ossHours.html.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure:
PO-3A-, PO-3B-1 & PO-3C - Hrs: Mins.
PO-3A-2 & PO-3B-2 - Mins: Secs.
Disaggregation Reporting:
Results for this indicator are reported according to the gateway interface
used to submit the LSR:
. PO-3A-, LSRs received via IMA-GUI and rejected manually:
Statewide
. PO-3A -, LSRs received via IMA-GUI and auto-rejected: Region
wide
. PO-3B-, LSRs received via IMA-EDI and rejected manually:
Statewide
. PO-3B -, LSRs received via IMA-EDI and auto-rejected: Region
wide
. PO-, LSRs received via facsimile: Statewide
Reporting Comparisons:
CLEC aggregate and
individual CLEC results
Formula:
L ((Date and time of Rejection Notice transmittal) - (Date and time of LSR receipt))
-;:-
(Total number of
LSR Rejection Notifications)
Exclusions:
Records with invalid product codes.
Records missing data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID.
Duplicate LSR numbers. (Exclusion to be eliminated upon implementation of IMA capability to
disallow duplicate LSR #'
Invalid start/stop dates/times.
Product Reporting: Not applicable (reported by
ordering interface).
Standards:
. PO-3A-1 and -3B-1: ~ 12 business hours
. PO-3A -2 and -3B -2: ~ 18 seconds
. PO-3C: ~ 24 work week clock
hours
Availability:Notes:
Available
Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 12
PO-4 - LSRs Rejected
Purpose:
Monitors the extent LSRs are rejected as a percentage of all LSRs to provide information to help
address potential issues that might be raised by the indicator of LSR rejection notice intervals.
Description:
Measures the percentage of LSRs rejected (returned to the GLEG) for standard categories of
errors/reasons.
Includes all LSRs submitted through the specified interface that are rejected or FOG'd during the
reporting period.
Standard reasons for rejections are: missing/incomplete/mismatching/unintelligible. information;
duplicate request or LSR/PON (purchase order number); no separate LSR for each account
telephone number affected; no valid contract; no valid end user verification; account not working in
Qwest territory; service-affecting order pending; request is outside established parameters for
service; and lack of GLEG response to Qwest ( uestion for clarification about the LSR.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent of LSRs
Reporting Comparisons: GLEG aggregate and
individual GLEG results
Disaggregation Reporting:
Results for this indicator are reported according to
the gateway interface used to submit the LSR:
PO-4A-1 LSRs received via IMA-GUI and
rejected manually - Region wide
PO-4A -2 LSRs received via IMA-GUI and
auto-rejected - Region wide
PO-48-1 LSRs received via IMA-EDI and
rejected manually - Region wide
PO-48 -2 LSRs received via IMA-EDI and
auto-rejected - Region wide
PO-4G LSRs received via facsimile
Statewide
Formula:
((Total number of LSRs rejected via the specified method in the reporting period) + (Total of all LSRs
that are received via the specified interface that were rejected or FOG'd in the reporting period)) x 100
Exclusions:
Records with invalid product codes.
Records missing data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID.
Duplicate LSR numbers. (Exclusion to be eliminated upon implementation of IMA capability to
disallow duplicate LSR #'
Invalid start/stop dates/times.
Product Reporting: Not applicable (reported by Standard: Diagnostic
ordering interface).
Availability:Notes:
Available
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Sixth Amended Exhibit 8 September 15, 2004 Page 13
PO-5 - Firm Order Confirmations (FOCs) On Time
Purpose:
Monitors the timeliness with which Qwest returns Firm Order Confirmations (FOCs) to CLECs in
response to LSRs/ASRs received from CLECs, focusing on the degree to which FOCs are provided
within specified intervals.
Description:
Measures the percentage of Firm Order Confirmations (FOCs) that are provided to CLECs within the
intervals specified under "Standards" below for FOC notifications.
Includes all LSRs/ASRs that are submitted through the specified interface or in the specified
manner (Le., facsimile) that receive an FOC during the reporting period, subject to exclusions
specified below. (Acknowledgments sent separately from an FOC (e., EDI 997 transactions are
not included.
For PO-, the interval measured is the period between the LSR received date/time (based on
scheduled up time) and Qwest's response with a FOC notification (notification date and time).
For PO-, 5C, and 50, the interval measured is the period between the a lication date and time
as defined herein , and Qwest's response with a FOC notification (notification date and time).
. "
Fully electronic" LSRs are those (1) that are received via IMA-GUI or IMA-EDI, (2) that involve no
manual intervention, and (3) for which FOCs are provided mechanically to the CLEC. NOTE 2
. "
Electronic/manual" LSRs are received electronically via IMA-GUI or IMA-EDI and involve manual
processing.
. "
Manual" LSRs are received manually (via facsimile) and processed manually.
. ASRs are measured only in business da
. LSRs will be evaluated according to the FOC interval categories shown in the "Standards" section
below, based on the number of lines/services requested on the LSR or, where multiple LSRs from
the same CLEC are related, based on the combined number of lines/services requested on the
related LSRs.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent
Reporting
Comparisons: CLEC
aggregate and individual
CLEC results
Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide level (per multi-state system
serving the state).
Results for this indicator are reported as follows:
. PO-5A:FOCs provided for full electronic LSRs received via:
- PO-5A-1 IMA-GUI
- PO-5A-2 IMA-EDI
. PO-5B:FOCs provided for electronic/manual LSRs received via:
- PO-5B-1 IMA-GUI
- PO-5B-2 IMA-EDI
. PO-5C:FOCs provided for manual LSRs received via Facsimile.
. PO-50: FOCs provided for ASRs requesting LIS Trunks.
* Each of the PO-, PO-5B and PO-5C measurements listed above
will be further disaggregated as follows:(a) FOCs provided for Resale services and UNE-(b) FOCs provided for Unbundled Loops and specified
Unbundled Network Elements(c) FOCs provided for LNPFormula:
PO-5A = HCount of LSRs for which the original FOC's "(FOC Notification Date & Time) - (LSR received
date/time (based on scheduled up time))" is within 20 minutes) + (Total Number of original
FOC Notifications transmitted for the service category in the reporting period)) x 100
PO-, 5C, & 50 = HCount of LSRs/ASRs for which the original FOC's "(FOC Notification Date & Time)
- (Application Date & Time)" is within the intervals specified for the service category involved)
+ (Total Number of original FOC Notifications transmitted for the service category in the
reportinq periodH x 100
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision , Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 14
PO-5 - Firm Order Confirmations (FOCs) On Time (continued)
Exclusions:
LSRs/ASRs involving individual case basis (ICB) handling based on quantities of lines, as specified
in the "Standards" section below, or service/request types, deemed to be ects.
Hours on Weekends and holidays. (Except for PO-5A which only excludes hours outside the
scheduled up time).
LSRs with CLEC-requested FOC arrangements different from standard FOC arrangements.
Records with invalid product codes.
Records missing data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID.
Duplicate LSR numbers. (Exclusion to be eliminated upon implementation of IMA capability to
disallow duplicate LSR #'
Invalid start/stop dates/times.
Additional PO-50 exclusion:
Records with invalid a )plication or confirmation dates.
Product Reporting: Standards:
For PO-
, -
5B and
5C:
(a) Resale services
UNE-P (POTS)
and UNE-P Centrex
(b) Unbundled Loops
and specified
Unbundled Network
Elements.
(c) LNP
For PO-50: LIS
Trunks.
For PO-5A (all):
For PO-58 (all):
95% within 20 minutes NOlc
90% within standard FOC intervals
(specified below)
90% within standard FOC intervals
specified below PLUS 24 hours NOTE 3
85% within eiqht business days
For PO-5C (manual):
For PO-50 (LIS Trunks):
Standard FOC Intervals for PO-5Band PO-
Product Group NOTE 1
Resale
Resaence and Business POTS
ISDN-Basic
Conversion As Is
Adding/Changing features
Add primary directory listing to established loop
Add call appearance
Centrex Non-Design
with no Common Block Configuration
Centrex line feature changes/adds/removals (all)
LNP 24 lines
Unbundled Loops 24 loops
2/4 Wire analog
DS3 Capable
Sub-loop 24 sub-loops
(included in Product Reporting group (b))
Line Sharing/Line Splitting/Loop Splitting
24 shared loops
(included in Product Reporting group (b))
Unbundled Network Element-Platform (UNE-P POTS)
1 - 39 lines
FOC Interval
39 lines
10 lines
24 hours
19 lines
Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision , Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 15
PO-5 - Firm Order Confirmations (FOCs) On Time (continued)
Resale
ISDN-Basic
Conversion As Specified
New Installs
Address Changes
Change to add Loop
ISDN-PRI (Facility)
PBX
DSO or Voice Grade Equivalent
DS1 Facility
DS3 Facility
LNP
Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs)
(included in Product Reporting group (b))
D51 24 circuits
10 lines
48 hours
24 trunks
25-49 lines
Available
Resale
Centrex (including Centrex 21 , Non-design
Centrex 21 Basic ISDN, Centrex-Plus
Centron , Centrex Primes) 1-10 lines
With Common Block Configuration required
Initial establishment of Centrex CMS services
Tie lines or NARs activity
Subsequent to initial Common Block
Station lines
Automatic Route Selection
Uniform Call Distribution
Additional numbers
UNE-P Centrex 10 lines
UNE-P Centrex 21 10 lines
Unbundled Loops with Facility Check(NOTE2, 3) 1 - 24 loops
2/4 wire Non-loaded
ADSL compatible
ISDN capable
XDSL-I capable
DS1 capable
Resale
ISDN-PRI (Trunks)
For PO-5D:
LIS Trunks
Notes:
1. LSRs with quantities above the highest number specified for
each product type are considered ICB.2. Unbundled Loop with Facility Check can be processed
electronically; however, because this category always carries a
72-hour FOC interval the FOC results for this product will
appear in PO-5B if received electronically or PO-5C if received
manually.3. Unbundled Loop with Facility Check will not add an additional
24 hours to the 72-hour interval if the LSR is submitted
manually.
72 hours
12 trunks 96 hours
8 business
days240 trunk circuits
Availability:
Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision , Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 16
PO-6 - Work Completion Notification Timeliness
Purpose:
To evaluate the timeliness of Qwest issuing electronic notification at an LSR level to CLECs that
provisioning work on all service orders that comprise the CLEC LSR have been completed in the
Service Order Processor and the service is available to the customer.
Description:
PO-6A & 6B:
Includes all orders completed in the Qwest Service Order Processor that generate completion
notifications in the reporting period , subject to exclusions shown below.
. The start time is the date/time when the last of the service orders that comprise the CLEC LSR is
posted as completed in the Service Order Processor.
. The end time is when the electronic order completion notice is made available (IMA-GUI) NOTE 1 or
transmitted (IMA-EDI) to the CLEC via the ordering interface used to place the local service
request The notification is transmitted at an LSR level when all service orders that comprise the
CLEC LSR are complete.
With hours: minutes reporting, hours counted are during the published Gateway Availability hours.
Gateway Availability hours are based on the currently published hours of availability found on the
following website: http://www.qwestcom/wholesale/cmp/ossHours.html.Reporting Period: Unit of Measure:One month PO-6A - 6B:
Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide level.
Hrs:Mins
Reporting
Comparisons: CLEC
aggregate and individual
CLEC results.
. PO-6A Notices transmitted via IMA-GUI
. PO-6B Notices transmitted via IMA-EDI
Formula:
For com letion notifications enerated from LSRs received via IMA-GUI:
PO-6A = L((Date and Time Completion Notification made available to CLEC) - (Date and Time the
last of the service orders that comprise the CLEC LSR is completed in the Service Order Processor)) +
(Number of completion notifications made available in reporting period)
For com letion notifications enerated from LSRs received via IMA-EDI:
PO-6B = L((Date and Time Completion Notification transmitted to CLEC) - (Date and Time the last of
the service orders that comprise the CLEC LSR is completed in the Service Order Processor.)) +
(Number of completion notifications transmitted in reporting period)
Exclusions:
PO - 6A & 6B:
Records with invalid completion dates.
. LSRs submitted manually (e., via facsimile).
. ASRs submitted via EXACT.
Product Reporting:
PO - 6A & 6B Aggregate reporting for all products ordered through
IMA-GUI and , separately, IMA-EDI (see disaggregation reporting).Availability: Notes:Available 1. The time a notice is "made available" via the IMA-GUI is the time Qwest stores
a status update related to the completion notice in the IMA Status Updates
database. When this occurs, the notice can be immediately viewed by the
CLEC using the Status Updates window or by using the LSR Notice Inquiry
function.
Standard:
6 hours
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision , Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 17
PO-7 - Billing Completion Notification Timeliness
Purpose:
To evaluate the timeliness with which electronic billing completion notifications are made available or
transmitted to GLEGs, focusing on the percentage of notifications that are made available or
transmitted (for GLEGs) or posted in the billing system (for Owest retail) within five business days.
Description:
PO-7A & 7B:
This measurement includes all orders posted in the GRIS billing system for which billing completion
notices are made available or transmitted in the reporting period, subject to exclusions shown
below.
Intervals used in this measurement are from the time a service order is completed in the SOP to
the time billing completion for the order is made available or transmitted to the GLEG.
- The time a notice is "made available" via the IMA-GUI consists of the time Owest stores the
completion notice in the IMA Status Updates database. When this occurs, the notice can be
Immediately viewed by the GLEG using the Status Updates window.
- The time a notice is "transmitted" via IMA-EDI consists of the time Owest actually transmits the
completion notice via IMA-EDI. Applicable only to those GLEGs who are certified and setup to
receive the notices via IMA-EDI.
. The start time is when the completion of the service order is posted in the Owest SOP. The end
time is when , confirming that the order has been posted in the GRIS billing system , the electronic
billing completion notice is made available to the GLEG via the same ordering interface (IMA-GUI
or IMA-EDI) as used to submit the LSR.
Intervals counted in the numerator of these measurements are those that are five business days or
less.
PO- 7G:
This measurement includes all retail orders posted in the GRIS Billing system in the reporting
period, subject to exclusions shown below.
Intervals used in this measurement are from the time an order is completed in the SOP to the time
it is posted in the GRIS billing system.
. The start time is when the completion of the order is posted in the SOP. The end time is when the
order is posted in the GRIS billing system.
Intervals counted in the numerator of this measurement are those that are five business days or
less.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent
Reporting Comparisons:
PO-7A and -7B: GLEG
aggregate and individual GLEG
results.
PO-7G: Owest retail results.
Formula:
For wholesale service orders Owest enerates for LSRs received via IMA:
PO- 7 A = (Number of electronic billing completion notices in the reporting period made available
within five business days of posting complete in the SOP) + (Total Number of electronic
billing completion notices made available during the reporting period)
(Number of electronic billing completion notices in the reporting period transmitted
within five business days of posting complete in the SOP) + (Total Number of electronic
billing completion notices transmitted during the reporting period)
Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide level.
. PO-7A Notices made available via IMA-GUI
. PO-7B Notices transmitted via IMA-EDI
PO- 7G Billing system posting completions for Owest Retail
PO- 7B =
For service orders Owest enerates for retail customers Le.the retail analo ue for PO-7A & -
PO-7G = (Total number of retail service orde.rs posted in the GRIS billing system in the reporting
period that were posted within 5 business days) + (Total number of retail service orders
posted in the GRIS billing system in the reporting period)
Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision , Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15 , 2004 Page 18
PO-7 - Billing Completion Notification Timeliness (continued)
Exclusions:
PO-, 78 & 7C
Services that are not billed through CRIS , e.g. Resale Frame Relay.
Records with invalid completion dates.
PO-7A & 78
. LSRs submitted manually.
. ASRs submitted via EXACT.
Product Reporting:
Aggregate reporting for all products ordered through IMA-
GUI and, separately, IMA-EDI (see disaggregation
reporting).
Standard:
PO~7A and -78: Parity with PO-
Availability:
Available
Notes:
Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision , Sixth Amended Exhibit 8 September 15, 2004 Page 19
PO-8 - Jeopardy Notice Interval
Purpose:
Evaluates the timeliness of jeopardy notifications , focusing on how far in advance of original due dates
jeopardy notifications are provided to CLECs (regardless of whether the due date was actually
missed).
Description:
Measures the average time lapsed between the date the customer is first notified of an order jeopardy
event and the original due date of the order.
Includes all orders completed in the reporting period that received jeopardy notifications.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Average Business da l'JUIt:1
Reporting Comparisons: CLEC
aggregate , individual CLEC and Owest
Retail results
Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide level.
(This measure is reported by jeopardy notification process
as used for the categories shown under Product
Reporting. )
Formula:
(L(Date of the original due date of orders completed in the reporting period that received jeopardy
notification - Date of the first jeopardy notification) + Total orders completed in the reporting period
that received jeopardy notification)
Exclusions:
Jeopardies done after the original due date is past.
Records involving official company services.
Records with invalid due dates or a lication dates.
Records with invalid completion dates.
Records with invalid product codes.
Records missing data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID.Product Reporting: Standards:
A Non-Designed Services Parity with Retail POTS
Unbundled Loops (with or without Parity with Retail POTS
Number Portability)
LIS Trunks
D UNE-P (POTS)
Parity with Feature Group D (FGD) services
D Parity with Retail POTS
Availability:
Available
Notes:
1. For PO-8A and -, Saturday is counted as a
business day for all non-dispatched orders for
Resale Residence, Resale Business, and UNE-
(POTS), as well as for the retail analogues
specified above as standards. For dispatched
orders for Resale Residence, Resale Business
and UNE-P (POTS) and for all other products
reported under PO-8B and -, Saturday is
counted as a business day when the service order
is due on Saturday.
Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision , Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 20
PO-9 - Timely Jeopardy Notices
Purpose:
When original due dates are missed , measures the extent to which Qwest notifies customers in
advance of jeopardized due dates.
Description:
Measures the percentage of late orders for which advance jeopardy notification is provided.
Includes all inward orders (Change , New, and Transfer order types) assigned a due date by
Qwest and which are completed/closed in the reporting period that missed the original due date.
Change order types included in this measurement consist of all C orders representing inward
activit
Missed due date orders with jeopardy notifications provided on or after the original due date is
past will be counted in the denominator of the formula but will not be counted in the numerator.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent
Reporting Comparisons: CLEC
aggregate, individual CLEC and
Qwest Retail results
Formula:
((Total missed due date orders completed in the reporting period that received jeopardy notification in
advance of original due date) 7 (Total number of missed due date orders completed in the reporting
period)) x 100
Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide level.
(This measure is reported by jeopardy notification process as
used for the categories shown under Product Reportinq.
Exclusions:
Orders missed for customer reasons.
Records with invalid product codes.
Records involving official company services.
Records with invalid due dates or a lication dates.
Records with invalid completion dates.
Records with invalid product codes.
Records missing data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID.
Product Reporting:
A Non-Designed Services
Unbundled Loops (with or without Number
Portability)
LIS Trunks
D UNE-P (POTS)
Standards:
Parity with Retail POTS
Parity with Retail POTS
Parity with Feature Group D (FGD) Services
Parity with Retail POTS
Availability:Notes:
Available
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 21
PO-15- Number of Due Date Changes per Order
Purpose:
To evaluate the extent to which Owest changes due dates on orders.
Description:
Measures the average number of Owest due date changes per order.
Includes all inward orders (Change, New, and Transfer order types) that have been assigned a
due date in the reporting period subject to the exclusions below. Change order types for
additional lines consist of all "C" orders representing inward activit
Counts all due date changes made for Owest reasons following assignment of the original due
date.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Average Number of Due Date Changes
Reporting Comparisons:Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide level.
CLEC aggregate, individual CLEC, and Owest
retail results.
Formula:
L(Count of Owest due date changes on all orders) + (Total orders in reporting period)
Exclusions:
Customer requested due date changes.
Records involving official company services.
Records with invalid due dates or a lication dates.
Records with invalid product codes.
Records missing data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID.
Product Reporting:Standard:
None Diagnostic
Availability:Notes:
Available
Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 22
PO-16- Timely Release Notifications
Purpose:
Measures the percent of release notifications for changes to specified ass interfaces sent by Owest to
CLECs within the intervals and scope specified within the change management plan found on Owest's
Change Management Process, (CMP) website at http://www.qwestcom/whoiesale/cmp/whatiscmp.htmi.
Description:
Measures the percent of release notices that are sent by Owest within the intervalsltimeframes
prescribed by the release notification procedure on Owest's CMP website. NOTE 1
Release notices measured are:
Draft Technical Specifications (for App to App interfaces only);
Final Technical Specifications (for App to App interfaces only);
Draft Release Notices (for IMA-GUI interfaces only);
Final Release Notices (for IMA-GUI interfaces only); and
- ass Interface Retirement Notices. NOTE 2
For the following ass interfaces:
- IMA-GUI , IMA-EDI;
CEMR;
Exchange Access , Control, & Tracking (EXACT); NOTE 3
Electronic Bonding - Trouble Adminis~ration (EB - T A); NOTE 4
lABS and CRIS Summary Bill Outputs; NOTE 5
Loss and Completion Records; NOTE 5
New ass interfaces (for introduction notices only.) NOTE 6
Also included are notifications for connectivity or system function changes to Resale Product
Database.
Includes ass interface release notifications by Owest relating to the following products and
service categories: LlSllnterconnection, Collocation, Unbundled Network Elements (UN E),
Ancillary, and Resale Products and Services.
Includes ass interface release notifications by Owest to CLECs for the following ass
functions: Pre-Ordering, Ordering, Provisioning, Repair and Maintenance, and Billing.
Includes Types of Changes as specified in the "Owest Wholesale Change Management
Process Document" (Section 4 - Types of Changes).
Includes all ass interface release notifications pertaining to the above ass systems , subject to
the exclusions specified below.
Release Notifications sent on or before the date required by the CMP are considered timely. A
release notification "sent date" is determined by the date of the e-mail sent by Owest that provides the
Release Notification. NOTE 7
Release Notifications sent after the date required by the (CMP) are considered untimely. Release
Notifications required but not sent are considered untimely.
Reporting Period: One month
Reporting Comparisons: CLEC Aggregate
Unit of Measure: Percent
Disaggregation Reporting: Region-wide level.
Formula:
((Number of required release notifications for specified ass interface changes made within the reporting
period that are sent on or before the date required by the change management plan (CMP) + Total
number of required release notifications for specified ass interface changes within reporting period))x100
Exclusions:
Changes to be implemented on an expedited basis (exception to ass notification intervals) as
mutually agreed upon by CLECs and Owest through the CMP.
Changes where Owest and CLECs agree, through the CMP , that notification is unnecessary.
Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision , Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 23
PO-16 Timely Release Notifications (continued)
Product Reporting:None Standards:
Vol. 1-10: No more than one
untimely notification
Vol. :::- 10: 92.5% timely notifications
Availability:
Available
Notes:
1. The Qwest Wholesale Change Management Process Document specifies the
intervals for release notifications by type of notification. These intervals are
documented in the change management plan.
2. The documents described in section "0 - Retirement of Existing OSS
Interfaces" of the "Qwest Wholesale Change Management Process Document"
as "Initial Retirement Notice" and "Final Retirement Notice.
3. EXACT is a Telecordia system. Only release notifications for changes initiated
by Qwest for hardware or connectivity will be included in this measurement.
4. EB-TA is the same system as MEDIACC.
5. CRIS , lABS , and Loss and Completions will adhere to the notification intervals
documented in section 8.1 - Changes to Existing Application to Application
Interface.
6. The documents described in section "0 - Introduction of New OSS Interface" of
the "Qwest Wholesale Change Management Process Document" as "Initial
Release Announcement and Preliminary Implementation Plan" (new App to App
only), "Initial Interface Technical Specification" (new App to App only), "Final
Interface Technical Specifications (new App to App only), "Release Notification
(new GUI only). CMP notices for "Introduction of a New OSS" are to be included
in this measurement even though the new system is not explicitly listed in the
Description" section of this PID. However, once implemented, the system will
not be added to the measurement for purposes of measuring release, change
and retirement notifications unless specifically incorporated as an authorized
change to the PID.
7. The intervals used to determine timeliness are based on CMP guidelines.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 24
PO-19- Stand-Alone Test Environment (SATE) Accuracy
Purpose:
Evaluates Owest's ability to provide accurate production-like tests to CLECs for testing new releases in
the SATE and production environments and testing between releases in the SATE environment.
Description:
PO-19A
Measures the percentage of test transactions that conform to the test scenarios published in the IMA
EDI Data Document for the Stand Alone Test Environment (SA TE) that are successfully executed
in SATE at the time a new IMA Release is deployed to SATE. In months where no release activity
occurs, measures the percentage of test transactions that conform to the test scenarios published in
the current IMA EDI Data Document-for the Stand Alone Test Environment (SATE) that are
successfully executed in SATE during the between-releases monthly performance test.
Includes one test transaction for each test scenario published in the IMA EDI Data Document for
the Stand Alone Test Environment (SA TE).
Test transactions will be executed for each of the IMA releases supported in SATE utilizing all test
scenarios for each of the current versions of the IMA EDI Data Document for the Stand Alone Test
Environment (SA TE).
The successful execution of a transaction is determined by the Owest Test Engineer according to:
The expected results of the test scenario as described in the IMA EDI Data Document for the
Stand Alone Test Environment (SATE) and the EDI disclosure document.
The transactions strict adherence to business rules published in Owest's most current IMA EDI
Disclosure Documentation for each release and the associated Addenda. NOTE 1
For this measurement, Owest will execute the test transactions in the Stand-Alone Test Environment.
Release related test transactions will be executed when a full or point release of IMA is installed
in SATE. These transactions will be executed within five business da s of the numbered release
being originally installed in SATE. This five-business day period will be referred to as the "Testing
Window.
Mid-release monthly performance test transactions will be executed in the months when no
Testing Window for a release is completed. These transactions will be executed on the 15 , or
the nearest working day to the 15th of the month, in the months when no release related test
transactions are executed.
Test transaction results will be reported by release and included in the Reporting Period during which
the release transactions or mid-release test transactions are completed.
PO-19B
Validates the extent that SATE mirrors production by measuring the percentage of IMA EDI test
transactions that produce comparable results in SATE and in production.
Transactions counted as producing comparable results are those that return correctly formatted
data and fields as specified in the release s EDI disclosure document and developer worksheets
related to the IMA release being tested.
Comparability will be determined by evaluating the data and fields in each EDI message for the
test transactions against the same data and fields for Preorder queries, LSRs, and
Supplementals, and returned as Query Responses, Acknowledgements, Firm Order
Confirmations (FOCs) for flow-through eligible products, and rejects.
Test transactions are executed one time for each new major IMA release within 7 days after the IMA
release.
Test transactions consist of a defined suite of ProducUActivity combinations. Owest's three
regions will be represented. NOTE 2
- Pre-order, Order, and Post-order transactions (FOCs for flow-through products) ate included.
With respect to the comparability of the structure and content of results from SATE and production
environments , this measurement focuses only on the validity of the structure and the validity of the
content, per developer worksheets and EID mapping examples distributed as part of release
notifications. NOTE 3
Reporting Period:
PO-19A -- One month
PO-19B: -- One month (for those months in
Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision , Sixth Amended
Unit of Measure:Percent
Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 25
PO-19 Stand-Alone Test Environment (SATE) Accuracy (continued)
which release-related test transactions are
completed)
Reporting Comparisons: None Disaggregation Reporting:
PO-19A - Reported separately for each release tested
in the reporting period
PO-19B -- None
Formula:
PO-19A
((Total number of successfully completed SATE test transactions executed for a Software Release or
between-releases performance test completed in the Reporting Period)
-;-
(Total number of SATE test
transactions executed for each Software Release or between-releases performance test completed in
the Reporting Period)) x 100
PO-19B
((Total number of completed IMA EDI test transactions executed in SATE and production that
produce comparable results for each new major IMA Software Release completed in the Reporting
Period)
-;-
(Total number of completed IMA ED I test trqnsactions executed in SATE and production for
each new major IMA Software Release completed in the Reporting Period)) x 100
Exclusions:
For PO-19B:
Transactions that fail du~ to the unavailability of a content item (e., TN exhaustion in SATE or the
production environment), or a function in the SATE or production environments (e., address
validation query or CSR query) that is unsuccessful due to an outage in systems that interface with
IMA-EDI (e., PREMIS or SIA).
Transactions that fail because of differences between the production and SATE results caused when
an IMA candidate is implemented into IMA and not SATE (Le
~,
where CMP decides not to implement
an IMA candidate in a SATE release: e., the Reject Duplicate LSR candidate in IMA 12.0). This
exclusion does not apply during reporting periods in which there are no differences between
production IMA and SATE caused by SATE releases packaqed pursuant to CMP decisions.
Product Reporting: None Standard:
PO-19A - 95% for each release tested
PO-19B - 95%
Notes:1. Transactions that are executed and found to
have inconsistencies with the data and format
rules will be corrected and rerun. Rerun
volumes will not be counted in the denominator
for PO-19. Such corrections and re-executions
are intended to enforce strict adherence to
business rules published in Owest's most
current IMA EDI Data and Disclosure
Documents.
2. The product and activity combinations that
make up the test decks for PO-19B will be
updated after each major IMA software release
and provided to CLECs with the publication of
IMA EDI Draft Interface Technical
Specifications for the next major IMA software
release as defined in the CMP process. All
combinations with EDI transaction volumes ~
100 in the previous 12-month period will be
included in the test deck. 75 days prior to the
execution of the test, Owest will run a query
against IMA to determine which combinations
meet the criteria for inclusion (Le., volumes ~
100).
Availability:
Available
Owest Idaho SGA T Third Revision , Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 26
PO-19 Stand-Alone Test Environment (SATE) Accuracy (continued)
3. The intent of this provision is to avoid including
the effects of circumstances beyond the SATE
environment that could cause differences in
SATE and production results that are not due
to problems in mirroring production. For
example , because of real-time data
manipulation in production , an appointment
availability query transaction in SATE will not
return the same list of available appointments
as in production. Available appointments in
production are fully dependent on real-time
activities that occur there, whereas available
appointments in SATE are based on a pre-
defined list that is representative of production.
Owest Idaho SGA T Third Revision, Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 27
PO-20 (Expanded) - Manual Service Order Accuracy
Purpose:
Evaluates the degree to which Qwest accurately processes CLECs' Local Service Requests (LSRs), which
are electronically-submitted and manually processed by Qwest, into Qwest Service Orders , based on
mechanized comparisons of specified LSR-Service Order fields and focusing on the percentage of manually-
processed Service Orders that are accurate/error-free.
Description:
Measures the percentage of manually-processed Qwest Service Orders that are populated correctly, in
specified data fields, with information obtained from CLEC LSRs.
Includes only Service Orders created from CLEC LSRs that Qwest receives NOTE 1 electronically (via IMA-
GUI or IMA-EDI) and manually processes in the creation of Service Orders , regardless of flow through
eligibility, subject to exclusions specified below.
Includes only Service Orders, from the product reporting categories specified below, that request inward
line or feature activity (Change, New, and Transfer order types), are assigned a due date by Qwest, and
are completed/closed in the reporting period. Change Service Order types included in this measurement
consist of all C orders with "I" and "T" action-coded line or feature USOCs.
All Service Orders satisfying the above criteria and as specified in the Availability section below are
evaluated in this measurement.
An inward line Service Order will be classified as "accurate" and thus counted in the numerator in the
formula below when the mechanized comparisons of this measurement determine that the fields
specified in the Service Order Fields Evaluated section below (when the source fields have been properly
populated on the LSR) are all accurate on the Service Order. An inward feature Service Order will be
classified as "accurate" if the fields specified in the Service Order Fields Evaluated section below (when
the source fields have been properly populated on the LSR) are all accurate on the Service Order and if
no CLEC notifications to the call center have generated call center tickets coded to LSR/SO mismatch for
that order.
Service Orders will be counted as being accurate if the contents of the relevant fields , as recorded in
the completed Service Orders involved in provisioning the service, properly match or correspond to
the information from the specified fields as provided in the latest version of associated LSRs.
Service orders generated from LSRs receiving a PIA (Provider Initiated Activity value will be counted
as being accurate if each and every mismatch has a correct and corresponding PIA value.
Service Orders, including those otherwise considered accurate under the above-described
mechanized field comparison , will not be counted as accurate if Qwest corrects errors in its Service
Order(s) as a result of contacts received from CLECs no earlier than one business day prior to the
original due date.
Reporting Period: One month, reported in
arrears (Le., results first appear in reports one
month later than results for measurements that are
not reported in arrears), in order to exclude Service
Orders that are the subject of call center tickets
counted in OP-5B and OP-, as having new
service problems attributed to Service Order errors.
Unit of Measure:Percent
Reporting Comparisons:
CLEC Aggregate and individual CLEC
Disaggregation Reporting:
Statewide Level
Formula:
((Number of accurate , evaluated Service Orders)
-;-
(Number of evaluated Service Orders completed in
the reporting period)) x 100
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision , Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15 2004 Page 28
PO-20 (Expand~d) - Manual Service Order Accuracy (continued)
Exclusions:
Service Orders that are the subject of call center tickets counted in OP-5B and OP-5T as having new
service problems attributed to Service Order errors.
, .
Cancelled Service Orders.
Service Orders that cannot be matched to a corresponding LSR
Records missing data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID.Product Reporting: Standard:
Resale and UNE-P (POTS and Centrex 21) Benchmarks, as follows:
Unbundled Loops (Analog and Non-Loaded 2/4-wire, DS1
Capable, DS3 and higher Capable , ADSL Compatible
XDSL-I Capable, ISDN-BRI Capable)
Availability:
Phase 0 - PO-20 (Old) (the first version using
sampling of limited fields). (Available now)
Phase 1 NOTE 2 - PO-20 (Expanded) Mechanized
version (as defined herein). All qualifying orders
associated with initial LSRs received via IMA
version 15.0 or higher beginning with May 2004
data reported in Jul 04.
Phase 2 - Additional fields added. No later than
Sep 04 results reported in Nov 04
Phase 3- Additional fields added. Targeted for
1 sl Quarter 05
Phase 4 - Additional fields added. (Date TBD).
Phase
Phase 2
Phase 3 & beyond
97% '
96%
95%
Notes:
1. To be included in the measurement, Service
Orders created from CLEC LSRs must be
received and completed in the same version of
IMA-GUI or IMA-EDI.
2. Phase 1: Consists of all manually-processed
qualifying Service Orders per product reporting
category specified above, from throughout
Qwest's 14-state local service region.
LSR Service Order Fields Evaluated
Phase 1 - (Effective with LSRs received beginning May 2004)
Mechanized comparison of the fields from the Service Order to the LSR:
LSR Field
Form Code LSR Field Name Remarks/Service Order Field:
CCNA Customer Carrier CCNA field of LSR form compared to the RSID/ZCID field
LSR Name identifier in the Extended 10 section of the Service Order.
Abbreviation
PON Purchase Order PON field of LSR form compared to the PON field in Bill
Number Section of the Service Order.
DITSENT Date and time The D/TSENT field of LSR form from the Firm Order
sent Manager, using applied business day cut-off rules and
business typing rules, and compare to the APP (Application
Date) used on the Service Order.
CHC Coordinated Hot Applies only to Unbundled Loop.
Cut Requested Validate that the installation USOC used on the Service
Order matches the Coordinated Cut request. (Evaluated in
conjunction with the TEST field to determine correct USOC.
TEST Testing required Applies only to Unbundled Loop.
Validate that the installation USOC used on the Service
Order matches the TEST request. (Evaluated in conjunction
with the CHC field to determine correct USOC.
Network Channel Applies only to Unbundled Loop. NC field on the LSR form
Code compared to provisioning USOC for CKL 1 on the Service
Order.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 29
PO-20 (Expanded) - Manual 'Service Order Accuracy (continued)
LSR Service Order Fields Evaluated
Phase 1 - (Effective with LSRs received beginning May 2004)
Mechanized comparison of the fields from the Service Order to the LSR:
Form
LSR Field
Code
NCI
SECNCI
PIC
Resale or LPIC
Centrex
Resale
Centrex
TNS
FA/
FEA TU RE
LSR Field Name
Network Channel
Interface Code
Secondary
Network Channel
Interface Code
nterLA T A Pre-
subscription
Indicator Code
Intra LA T A Pre-
subscription
Indicator Code
Telephone
Numbers
Feature
Activity/Feature
Codes
Remarks/Service Order Field:
Applies only to Unbundled Loop NCI field on the LSR form
compared to provisioning USOC for CKL 1 on the Service
Order.
Applies only to Unbundled Loop orders.
SECNCI field on the LSR form compared to the provisioning
USOC for CKL2 on the Service Order.
PIC field on Resale or Centrex form compared to PIC
populated on the "I" or "T" action lines in the Service and
Equipment section of the Service Order.
Note:
LSR PIC = None; S.O. PIC = None
LPIC field on Resale or Centrex form compared to LPIC
populated on the "I" or "T" action lines in the Service and
Equipment section of the Service Order.
Note:
LSR LPIC = None; S.O. LPIC = 9199
LSR LPIC = DFL T; S.O. LPIC = 5123
Validate that all telephone numbers in the TNS fields in the
Service Details section on the Resale or Centrex form
requirinQ inward activity are addressed on the Service Order.
When the FA = N, T, V
Validate line and feature USOCs provided in the FEATURE
field on the Resale or Centrex form are addressed with "
and/or "T" action lines on the Service Order.
Note: Comparison will be based on the USOCs associated
with line and feature activity listed in the PO-20 USOC List
posted on Owest's public website , on the web page
containing the current PID
www.qw~st.com/whoiesale/results). Owest may add USOCs
to the list, delete grand-fathered/ discontinued or obsolete
USOCs, or update USOCs assigned to listed descriptions by
providing notice in the monthly Summary of Notes and
updating the list.
Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15 , 2004 Page 30
PO-20 (Expanded)- Manual Service Order Accuracy (continued)
LSR Service Order Fields Evaluated
Phase 1 - (Effective with LSRs received beginning May 2004)
Mechanized comparison of the fields from the Service Order to the LSR:
Form
LS/
LSNP
t/)
E .10. ..J
t/) . (ij
..J 0
~-:
0 0\I-
!:: t:. C 0
I "tJ..J ~C ~
;:..
LSR Field
Code
ECCKT
CFA
LTY
TOA
DML
NOSL
LSR Field Name
Exchange
Company Circuit
Connecting
Facility
Assignment
, Listing Type
Type of Account
Diect Mail List
No Solicitation
Indicator
Remarks/Service Order Field:
Applies to LSRs with ACT = C (only when NC code has not
changed, M , or T.
ECCKT field on the LS form compared to the CLS field in the
Service and Equipment section of the Service Order.
CFA field on the LS or LSNP forms compared to the CFA
field used in CKL 1 of the Service Order. (Verbal acceptance
of CFA changes will be FOC'd and PIA', which will account
for the mismatch and eliminate it as an error in the PO-
calculation.
TY = 1 (Listed - appears in DA and the directory.) Validate
that there is a LN in the List section of the Service Order.
TY = 2 (Non Listed - appears only in DA.) Validate that
there is non listing instructions in the LN field in the List
section of the Service Order.
CentrallWestern Region: Validate that the left handed field
is NLST and (NON-LIST) is contained in the NLST data field
in the List section of the Service order.
Eastern Region: Validate that the left handed field is NL
and (NON LIST) is contained in the NL data field in the List
section of the Service Order.
TY = 3 (Non Pub - does not appear in the directory and
telephone number dpes not appear in DA.) Validate that
there is non published instructions in the LN field in the List
section of the Service Order.
CentrallWestern Regions: Validate that the left handed
field is NP and (NON-PUB) is contained in the NP data field
in the List section of the Service Order.
Eastern Region: Validate that the left handed field is NP
and (NP LODA) or (NP NODA) is contained in the NP data
field in the List section of the Service Order.
Validate TOA entries (only reviewed when BRO field on DL
form is not populated):
TOA valid entries are B or RP
Validate that there is a semi colon (;) within the LN in the
List section of the Service Order.
TOA valid entries are R or BP
Validate that there is a comma (,) within the LN in the List
section of the Service Order.
Exception: When LSR-TOS = 3, TOA review is Not
Applicable. Handled by Complex Listing Group. Requires
separate Service Order.
DML field = 0 on DL form; Service Order LN contains
(OCLS).
Arizona Only
NOSL field = Y on DL form; Service Order LN contains
(NSOL) (OCLS).
Owest Idaho SGA T Third Revision, Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 31
PO-20 (Expanded) - Manual Service Order Accuracy (continued)
LSR Service Order Fields Evaluated
Phase 1 - (Effective with LSRs received beginning May 2004)
Mechanized comparison of the fields from the Service Order to the LSR:
LSR Field
Form Code LSR Field Name Remarks/Service Order Field:
TMKT Telemarketing Colorado Only
TMKT field = 0 on DL form; Service Order LN contains
(OATD).
When both the DML and the TMKT fields are populated, DML
validation applies.
LNLN and Listed Name LNLN and LNFN fields on DL form compared to the LN field
LNFN in the List section of the Service Order.
ADI Address Indicator ADI = 0 on DL form; Service Order LA contains (OAD).
LAPR Listed Address LAPR field of the Listing form compared to LA in the List
Number Prefix section of the Service Order.
LANO Listed Address LANO field of the Listing form compared to LA in the List
Number section of the Service Order.
LASF Listed Address LASF field of the Listing form compared to LA in the List
Number Suffix section of the Service Order.
LASD Listed Address LASD field of the Listing form compared to LA in the List
Street Directional section of the Service Order.
LASN Listed Address LASN field of the Listing form compared to LA in the List
Street Name section of the Service Order.
LATH Listed Address LATH field of the Listing form compared to LA in the List
Street Type section of the Service Order.
LASS Listed Address LASS field of the Listing form compared to LA in the List
Street Directional section of the Service Order.
Suffix
LALOC Listed Address LALOC field of the Listing form compared to LA in the List
Locality section of the Service Order.
Phase 2 - No later than Sep 04 results
LSR-Service Order Fields Evaluated
Mechanized comparison of the fields from the Service Order to the LSR:
LSR Field
Form Code LSR Field Name Remarks/Service Order Field:
LSR DSPTCH Dispatch Limited to Unbundled Loops where ACT = Z or V only.
If DSPTCH field on the LSR form = Y, validate dispatch
USOC in the Service and Equipment section of the Service
Order.
LTC Line Treatment Applies only to Centrex 21
Code LTC field numeric value on the Centrex form compared to the
data following the CAT field for the Line USOC on the
Centrex Service Order.
COS Class of Service Applies only to Centrex 21.
- Owest Specific COS field of the Centrex form compared to the CS field in the
10 section of the Service Order.
Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision , Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15; 2004 Page 32
PO-20 (Expanded) - Manual Service Order Accuracy (continued)
Phase 2 - No later than Sep 04 results
LSR-Service Order Fields Evaluated
Mechanized comparison of the fields from the Service Order to the LSR:
LSR Field
Form Code LSR Field Name Remarks/Service Order Field:
Resale FEATURE Feature Details As specified in Appendix A of the 14 State Working PID.
DETAILS Comparison would be based on the fields associated with the
Centrex USOC list referenced under Feature Activity in Phase
above.
Phase 3 - Targeted for 1 st Quarter 05
LSR-Service Order Fields Evaluated
Mechanized comparison of the fields from the Service Order to the LSR:
LSR Field
Form Code LSR Field Name Remarks/Service Order Field:
Resale BLOCK Blocking Type For each LNUM provided in the Service Detail section of the
(Stage 1)Resale or Centrex form when BA = E:
Centrex Note: The BLOCK field may have one or more alpha and/or
numeric values per LNUM. This review will only validate
based on BA/BLOCK fields and will not address blocking
information provided in the "Remark" section on the LSR or
the Feature Detail section of the LSR. The values listed
below will be considered as follows:
If BLOCK contains A, validate FID TBE A is present on the
service order floated behind line USOC associated with the
TNS for that LNUM.
If BLOCK contains B, validate FID TBE B is present on the
service order floated behind line USOC associated with the
TNS for that LNUM.
If BLOCK contains C, validate FID TBE C is present on the
service order floated behind line USOC associated with the
TNS for that LNUM.
If BLOCK contains H , validate FID BLKD is present on the
service order floated behind line USOC associated with the
TNSfor that LNUM.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 33
PO-20 (Expanded) - Manual Service Order Accuracy (continued)
Phase 4 - Date TBD
LSR-Service Order Fields Evaluated
Mechanized comparison of the fields from the Service Order to the LSR:
LSR Field
Form Code LSR Field Name Remarks/Service Order Field:
DFDT Desired Frame Applicable only to orders for Resale and UNE-P (POTS and
Due Time Centrex 21
DFDT field on the LSR form compared to the FDT field in the
Extended 10 section of the Service Order.
LSR ODD Desired Due ODD field from the last FOC'd LSR compared to the original
Date or last subsequent due date in the Extended 10 section on
the Service Order when no CFLAG/PIA is present on the
FOC. (Le. Evaluation includes recognition of valid differences
between ODD and Service Order based on population of the
CFLAG/PIA field on the LSRC (FOC))
LTN Listed Telephone For Resale and UNE-P (POTS and Centrex 21):
Number TN field on the Listing form compared to the Main AccountC)
~ ~
0 c Number of the Service Order.
.....
.... s::
~ ~
.J C~ 0.For Unbundled Loop: L TN field on the Listing form compared0 E"tJ~..... 0 CI) .to the TN floated after the LN in the Listing section of the~""mI..
' ~
Service Order.
(ij it
LNPL Letter Name LNPL field on the Listing form = L, validate that LN on the
Placement Service Order follows letter placement versus word
placement.
Resale FEATURE Feature Details If CLECs propose additional FIDs for review, Qwest will
DETAILS undertake a feasibility evaluation.
Centrex
BLOCK Blocking Type If CLECs identify value in additional Blocking review, Qwest
(Stage 2)will undertake development. (Requirements to be developed)
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 34
Ordering and Provisioning
OP-2 - Calls Answered within Twenty Seconds - Interconnect Provisioning Center
Purpose:
Evaluates the timeliness of CLEC access to Qwest's interconnection provisioning center(s) and retail
customer access to the Business Office, focusinQ on the extent calls are answered within 20 seconds.
Description:
Measures the percentage of (Interconnection Provisioning Center or Retail Business Office) calls that
are answered by an agent within 20 seconds of the first ring.
Includes all calls to the Interconnect Provisioning Center/Retail Business Office during the
reporting period, subject to exclusions specified below.
Abandoned calls and busy calls are counted as calls which are not answered within 20 seconds.
First ring is defined as when the customer s call is first placed in queue by the ACD (Automatic
Call Distributor).
Answer is defined as when the call is first picked up by the Qwest agent.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent
Reporting Comparisons:CLEC aggregate and Disaggregation Reporting: Region-wide level.
Qwest Retail results
Formula:
((Total Calls Answered by Center within 20 seconds)
-+-
(Total Calls received by Center)) x 100
Exclusions: Time spent in the VRU Voice Response Unit is not counted.
Product Reporting: Not applicable Standard: Parity
Availability:Notes:
Available
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 35
OP-3 - Installation Commitments Met
Purpose:
Evaluates the extent to which Owest installs services for Customers by the scheduled due date.
Description:
Measures the percentage of orders for which the scheduled due date is met.
All inward orders (Change, New, and Transfer order types) assigned a due date by Owest and
which are completed/closed during the reporting period are measured , subject to exclusions
specified below. Change order types included in this measurement consist of all C orders
representing inward activit . Also included are orders with customer-requested due dates longer
than the standard interval.
Completion date on or before the Applicable Due Date recorded by Owest is counted as a met due
date. The Applicable Due Date is the original due date or, if changed or delayed by the customer
the most recently revised due date, subject to the following: If Owest changes a due date for Owest
reasons, the Applicable Due Date is the customer-initiated due date, if any, that is (a) subsequent to
the original due date and (b) prior to a Owest-initiated, changed due date, if any.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent
Reporting
Com parisons:
CLEC aggregate,
individual CLEC
and Owest Retail
results
Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide level.
Results for product/services listed in Product Reporting under "MSA Type
Disaggregation" will be reported according to orders involving:
OP-3A Dispatches within MSAs;
OP-'-3B Dispatches outside MSAs; and
OP-3C No dispatches.
Results for products/services listed in Product Reporting under "Zone-type
Disaggregation" will be disaggregated according to installations:
OP-3D In Interval Zone 1 areas; and
OP-3E In Interval Zone 2 areas.
Formula:
((Total Orders completed in the reporting period on or before the Applicable Due Date) -7- (Total Orders
Completed in the Reporting Period)) x 100
Exclusions:
. Disconnect, From (another form of disconnect) and Record order types.
. Due dates missed for standard categories of customer and non-Owest reasons. Standard
categories of customer reasons are: previous service at the location did not have a customer-
requested disconnect order issued, no access to customer premises, and customer hold for
payment. Standard categories of non-Owest reasons are: Weather, Disaster, and Work Stoppage.
Records involving official company services.
Records with invalid due dates or a lication dates.
Records with invalid completion dates.
Records with invalid product codes.
Records missing data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID.
Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 36
OP - 3 Installation Commitments Met (continued)
Product Reporting:Standards:
MSA-Tvpe Disaaareaation -
Resale
Residential single line service Parity with retail service
Business single line service Parity with retail service
Centrex Parity with retail service
Centrex 21 Parity with retail service
DSO (non-designed provisioning)Parity with retail service
PBX Trunks (non-designed provisioning)Parity with retail service
Primary ISDN (non-designed provisioning)Parity with retail service
Basic ISDN (non-designed provisioning)Parity with retail service
Owest DSL (non-designed provisioning)Parity with retail service
Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with like retail service
(UNE-P) (POTS)
Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with retail Centrex 21
(UNE-P) (Centrex 21 )
Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with retail Centrex
(UNE-P) (Centrex)
Line Splitting 95%
Loop Splitting NOTE 1 Diagnostic
Line Sharing 95%
Sub-Loop Unbundling CO: 90%
All Other States: Diagnostic
Zone- Tvpe Disaaareaation -
Resale
Primary ISDN (designed provisioning)Parity with retail service
Basic ISDN (designed provisioning)Parity with retail service
DSO (designed provisioning)Parity with retail service
DS1 Parity with retail service
PBX Trunks (designed provisioning)Parity with retail service
Owest DSL (designed provisioning)Parity with retail service
DS3 and higher bit-rate services Parity with retail service
(aggregate)
Frame Relay Parity with retail service
LIS Trunks Parity with Feature Group 0 (aggregate)
Unbundled Dedicated Interoffice Transport (UDIT)
UDIT - DS11evei Parity with retail DS1 Private Line
UDIT - Above DS11evei Parity with retail Private Lines above OS 1 level
Dark Fiber - IOF Diagnostic
Unbundled Loops:
Analog Loop 90%
Non-loaded Loop (2-wire) 90%
Non-loaded Loop (4-wire)Parity with retail OS 1 Private Line
OS 1-capable Loop Parity with retail DS1 Private Line
xDSL-capable Loop 90%
ISDN-capable Loop Parity with retail ISDN BRI
ADSL-qualified Loop 90%
Loop types of DS3 and higher bit-rates Parity with retail DS3 and higher bit-rate Private
(aggregate)Line services (aggregate)
Dark Fiber - Loop Diagnostic
Loops with Conditioning 90%
E911/911 Trunks Parity with retail E911/911 Trunks
Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 37
OP - 3 Installation Commitments Met (continued)
Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (DSO WA: 90%
level)All Other States: Diagnostic
Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (DS1 90%
level)
Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (DS3 WA: 90%
level)All Other States: Diagnostic
Availability:Notes:
Available Reporting will begin at the time GLEGs order the product, in any quantity, for
three consecutive months.
Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 38
, ,
OP-4 - Installation Interval
Purpose:
Evaluates the timeliness of Qwest's installation of services for customers, focusing on the average
time to install service.
Description:
Measures the average interval (in business da s) NOTE 1 between the a lication date and the
completion date for service orders accepted and implemented.
Includes all inward orders (Change, New, and Transfer order types) assigned a due date by
Qwest and which are completed/closed during the reporting period, subject to exclusions specified
below. Change order types for additional lines consist of all C orders representing inward activit
Intervals for each measured event are counted in whole days: the application date is day zero (0);
the day following the application date is day one (1).
. The Applicable Due Date is the original due date or, if changed or delayed by the customer, the
most recently revised due date, subject to the following: If Qwest changes a due date for Qwest
reasons, the Applicable Due Date is the customer-initiated due date, if any, that is (ab subsequent
to the original due date and (b) prior to a Qwest-initiated, changed due date, if any. N TE
. Time intervals associated with customer-initiated due date changes or delays occurring after the
Applicable Due Date, as applied in the formula below, are calculated by subtracting the latest
Qwest-initiated due date, if any, followin~ the Applicable Due Date, from the subsequent
customer-initiated due date, if any. NOTE
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Average Business Days
Reporting
Comparisons:
CLEC
aggregate
individual CLEC
and Qwest
Retail results
Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide level.
Results for product/services listed in Product Reporting' under "MSA Type
Disaggregation" will be reported according to orders involving:
OP-4A Dispatches within MSAs;
OP-4B Dispatches outside MSAs; and
OP-4C No dispatches.
Results for products/services listed in Product Reporting under "Zone-type
Disaggregation" will be disaggregated according to installations:
OP-4D In Interval Zone 1 areas; and
OP-4E In Interval Zone 2 areas.
Formula:
L((Order Completion Date) - (Order Application Date) - (Time interval between the Original Due Date
and the Applicable Date) - (Time intervals associated with customer-initiated due date changes or
delays occurring after the Applicable Due Date)) 7- Total Number of Orders Completed in the reporting
period
lanation: The average installation interval is derived by dividing the sum of installation intervals for
all orders (in business days) NOTE 1 by total number of service orders completed in the reporting period.
Exclusions:
Orders with customer requested due dates greater than the current standard interval.
. Disconnect, From (another form of disconnect) and Record order types.
Records involving official company services.
Records with invalid due dates or application dates.
Records with invalid completion dates.
Records with invalid product codes.
Records missinq data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the riD.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 39
OP-4 - Installation Interval (continued)
Product Reporting:Sbndards:
MSA-TvDe Disaaareaation -
Resale
Residential single line service Parity with retail service
Business sinqle line service Parity with retail service
Centrex Parity with retail service
Centrex 21 Parity with retail service
DSO (non-designed provisioning)Parity with retail service
PBX Trunks (non-desiqned provisioninq)Parity with retail service
Primary ISDN (non-designed Parity with retail service
provisioning)
Basic ISDN (non-designed provisioning)Parity with retail service
Owest DSL (non-desiqned provisioninq)Parity with retail service
Unbundled Network Element - Platform ' Parity with like retail service
(UNE-P) (POTS)
Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with retail Centrex 21
(UNE-P) (Centrex 21 )
Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with retail Centrex
(UNE-P) (Centrex)
Line Splittinq 3 days
Loop Splitting NOTE 3 Diagnostic
Line Sharinq 3 days
Sub-Loop Unbundling CO: 6 days
All Other States: Diagnostic
Zone- Tvpe Disaaareaation -
Resale
Primary ISDN (designed provisioning)Parity with retail service
Basic ISDN(desiqned provisioninq)Parity with retail service
DSO (designed provisioning)Parity with retail service
DS1 Parity with retail service
PBX Trunks (desiqned provisioninq)Parity with retail service
Owest DSL (designed provisioning)Parity with retail service
DS3 and higher bit-rate services Parity with retail service
(aggregate)
Frame Relay Parity with retail service
LIS Trunks Parity with Feature Group 0 (aggregate)
Unbundled Dedicated Interoffice Transport (UDIT)
UDIT - DS1 level Parity with OS 1 Private Line Service
UDIT - Above DS11evei Parity with Private Lines above OS 1 level
Dark Fiber - IOF Diagnostic
Unbundled Loops:
Analog Loop 6 days
Non-loaded Loop (2-wire)6 days
Non-loaded Loop (4-wire)Parity with retail OS 1 Private Line
OS 1-capable Loop Idaho, Iowa, Montana, Nebraska, North
Dakota, Oregon, Wyoming: Parity with retail
OS 1 Private Line
Arizona, Colorado, Minnesota, New Mexico,
South Dakota, Utah, Washington: 5.5 days
xDSL-capable Loop 6 days
ISDN-capable Loop Parity with retail ISDN BRI
ADSL-qualified Loop 6 days
Loop types of DS3 and higher bit-rates Parity with retail DS3 and higher bit-rate services
(aggregate)(aggregate)
Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15 , 2004 Page 40
OP-4 - Installation Interval (continued)
Dark Fiber - Loop
Loops with Conditioninq
E911/911 Trunks
Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (DSO
level)
Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (DS 1
level)
Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (DS3
level)
Availability:
Available
Diagnostic
15 days
Parity with retail E911/911 Trunks
Diagnostic
6 days
Diagnostic
Notes:
1. For OP-, Saturday is counted as a business day for all orders for
Resale Residence , Resale Business, and UNE-P (POTS), as well
as for the retail analogues specified above as standards. For all
other products under OP-4C and for all products under OP-
, -
, and -4E. Saturday is counted as a business day when the
service order is due or completed on Saturday.2. According to this definition , the Applicable Due Date can change
per successive customer-initiated due date changes or delays , up
to the point when a Qwest-initiated due date change occurs.
that point, the Applicable Due Date becomes fixed (i.e., with no
further changes) as the date on which it was set prior to the first
Qwest-initiated due date change , if any. Following the first Qwest-
initiated due date change, any further customer-initiated due date
changes or delays are measured as time intervals that are
subtracted as indicated in the formula. These delay time intervals
are calculated as stated in the description. (Though infrequent, in
cases where multiple Qwest-initiated due date changes occur, the
stated method for calculating delay intervals is applied to each pair
of Qwest-initiated due date change and subsequent customer-
initiated due date change or delay. The intervals thus calculated
from each pairing of Qwest and customer-initiated due dates are
summed and then subtracted as indicated in the formula.) The
result of this approach is that Qwest-initiated impacts on intervals
are counted in the reported interval , and customer-initiated impacts
on intervals are not counted in the reported interval. 3. Reporting will begin at the time CLECs order the product, in any
quantity, for three consecutive months.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision , Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 41
OP-5 - New Service Quality
Purpose:
Evaluates the quality of ordering and installing new services (inward line service orders), focusing on the
percentage of newly-installed service orders that are free of GLEe/customer-initiated trouble reports during
the provisioning process and within 30 calendar days following installation completion , and focusing on the
quality of Owest's resolution of such conditions with respect to multiple reports. Description:
Measures two components of new service provisioning quality (OP-5A and -58) and also reports a combined
result (OP-5T), as described below, each as a percentage of all inward line service orders completed in the
reporting period that are free of GLEe/customer-reported provisioning and repair trouble reports, as
described below. Also measures the percentage of all provisioning and repair trouble reports that constitute
multiple trouble reports for the affected service orders. (OP-5R)
Orders for new services considered in calculating all compon~nts of this performance indicator are all
inward line service orders completed in the reporting period , including Change (C-type) orders for
additional lines/circuits, subject to exclusions shown below. Chan~e order types considered in these
measurements consist of all C orders representing inward activity. OTE 1
Orders for new service installations include conversions (Retail to CLEC, CLEC to CLEC, and same
CLEC converting between products).
Provisioning or repair trouble reports include both out of service and other service affecting conditions
such as features on a line that are missing or do not function properly upon conversion , subject to
exclusions shown below.
OP-New Service Installation Quality Reported to Repair
Measures the percentage of inward line service orders that are free of repair trouble reports NOTE 2
within 30 calendar days of installation completion, subject to exclusions below.
Repair trouble reports are defined as GLEe/customer notifications to Owest of out-of-service and
other service affecting conditions for which Owest opens repair tickets in its maintenance and repair
management and tracking systems NOTE 3 that are closed in the reporting period or the following
month, NOTE 4 subject to exclusions shown below. NOTE 5
Owes! is able to open repair tickets for repair trouble reports received from GLEes/customers once
the service order is completed in Owest's systems.
OP-New Service Provisionina Quality
Measures the percentage of inward line service orders that are free of provisioning trouble reports
during the provisioning process and within 30 calendar days of installation completion , subject to
exclusions shown below.
Provisioning trouble reports are defined as CLEC notifications to Owest of out of service or other
service affecting conditions that are attributable to provisioning activities, including but not limited to
LSR/service order mismatches and conversion outages. For provisioning trouble reports, Owest
creates call center tickets in its call center database. Subject to exclusions shown below, call center
tickets closed in the reporting period or the following month NOTE 4 are captured in this measurement.
Call center tickets closed to Network reasons will not be counted in OP-58 when a repair trouble
report for that order is captured in OP-5A. NOTE 5, 6
OP-5T: New Service Installation Quality Total
Measures the percentage of inward line service orders that are free of repair or provisioning trouble
reports during the provisioning process and within 30 calendar days of installation completion , subject
to exclusion shown below.
OP-5R: New Service Quality Multiple Report Rate
Evaluates the quality of Owest's responses to repair and provisioning trouble reports for inward line
service orders completed in the reporting period. This measurement reports, for those service orders
that were not free of repair or provisioning trouble reports in OP-5A or OP-, the percentage of
trouble reports affecting the same service orders that were followed by additional repair and
provisioning trouble reports , as specified below.
Measures the percentage of all repair and provisioning trouble reports considered in OP-5A and.
OP-58 that are additional repair or provisioning trouble reports received by Owest for the same
service order during the provisioning process or within 30 calendar days following installation
Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Sixth Amended Exhibit 8 September 15, 2004 Page 42
op. 5 - New Service Quality (continued)
completion.
Additional repair or provisioning trouble reports are defined as all such reports that are received
following the first report (whether the first report is represented by a call center ticket or a repair
ticket) relating to the same service order during the provisioning process or within 30 calendar days
following installation completion. In all cases, the trouble reports counted are those that are defined
for OP-5A and OP-5B above. NOTE
Reporting Period: One month , reported in arrears (Le., results first appear
in reports one month later than results for measurements that are not
reported in arrears), in order to cover the 30-day period following installation.
Reporting Comparisons: CLEC aggregate Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide level
individual CLEC and Owest Retail results
Formulas:
OP-5A = (Number inward line service orders completed in the reporting period Number of inward line
service orders with any re air trouble re orts as specified above) 7 (Number of inward line service
orders completed in the reporting period) x 100
Unit of Measure:
Percent
OP-5B = (Number of inward line service orders completed in the reporting period - Number of inward line
service orders with any rovisionin trouble re orts as specified above) 7 (Number of inward line
service orders completed in the reporting period) x 100
OP-5T = ((Number of inward line service orders completed in the reporting period) - Number of inward line
service orders with re air or rovisionin trouble re orts as defined above under OP-5A or OP-
as applicable) 7 (Number of inward line service orders completed in the reporting period) x 100
OP-5R = (Number of all repair and provisioning trouble reports , relating to inward line service orders closed in
the reporting period as defined above under OP-5A or OP-, that constitute additional repair and
provisioning trouble reports, within 30 calendar days following the installation date 7 Number of all
repair and provisioning trouble reports relating to inward line service orders closed In the reporting
period, as defined above under OP-5A or OP-5B) x 100
Exclusions:
licable to OP-OP-5T and OP-5R:
Repair trouble reports attributable to CLEC or coded to non-Owest reasons as follows:
For products measured from MT AS data , repair trouble reports coded to disposition codes for:
Customer Action; Non-Telco Plant; Trouble Beyond the Network Interface; and Miscellaneous-
Non-Dispatch , non-Owest (includes CPE, Customer Instruction, Carrier, Alternate Provider); and
Reports from other than the GLEe/customer that result in a charge if dispatched.
For products measured from WFA (Workforce Administration) data, repair reports coded to codes for:
Carrier Action (IEC); Customer Provided Equipment (CPE); Commercial power failure; Customer
requested service order activity; and Other non-Owest.
Repair reports coded to disposition codes for referral to another department (Le., for non-repair ticket
resolutions of non-installation-related problems, except cable cuts, which are not excluded).
licable to OP-OP-5T and OP-5R onl
Provisioning trouble reports attributable to CLEC or non-Owest causes.
Call center tickets relating to activities that occur as part of the normal process of conversion (Le., while
Owest is actively and properly engaged in process of converting or installing the service). Provisioning
trouble reports involving service orders that, at the time of the calls, have fallen out for manual handling
and been disassociated from the related service order, as applicable , will be considered as not in the
normal process of conversion and will not be excluded.
licable to OP-OP-OP-5T and OP-5R:
Repair or provisioning trouble reports related to service orders captured as misses under measurements
OP-13 (Coordinated Cuts Timeliness) or OP-17 (LNP Timeliness).
Subsequent repair or provisioning trouble reports of any trouble on the installed service before the
original repair or provisioning trouble report is closed.
Service orders closed in the reporting period with App Dates earlier than eight months prior to the
Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision , Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 43
OP- 5 - New Service Quality (continued)
beginning of the reporting period.
Information tickets generated for internal Qwest system/network monitoring purposes.
. Disconnect, From (another form of disconnect) and Record order types. When out of service or service
affecting problems are reported to the call center on conversion and move requests, the resulting call
center ticket will be included in the calculation of the numerator in association with the related inward
order type even when the call center ticket reflects the problem was caused by the Disconnect or From
order.
Records involving official Qwest company services.
Records missinQ data essential to the calculation of the measurement as defined herein.
Product Reporting Categories: Standards:
As specified below - one OP-5A:
percentage result reported for OP-5B:
each bulleted category under
the sub-measurements shown.
Parity with retail service
Diagnostic for six months following first reporting. After
six months Benchmark (TBD)
OP-5T: Diagnostic
OP-5R: Diagnostic for six months following first reporting.
Possible standard (TBD)
(Where parity comparisons involve multiple service varieties in a
product category, weighting based on the retail analogue volumes may
be used if necessary to create a comparison that is not affected by
different proportions of wholesale and retail analogue volumes in the
same reporting category.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 44
OP- 5 - New Service Quality (continued)
Product Reporting:I Standards:
Reported under OP-5A, OP-5B, OP-5T and OP-5R:
(Product categories may be combined as agreed upon by the parties in Long-Term PID Administration.
OP-OP-OP-5T &
OP-
Resale
Residential single line Parity with retail service 6 mo. Diagnostic; Benchmark TBD,Diagnostic
service
Business single line Parity with retail service 6 mo. Diagnostic; Benchmark TBD Diagnostic
service
Centrex Parity with retail service 6 mo. Diagnostic; Benchmark TBD Diagnostic
Centrex 21 Parity with retail service 6 mo. Diagnostic; Benchmark TBD Diagnostic
PBX Trunks Parity with retail service 6 mo. Diagnostic; Benchmark TBD Diagnostic
Basic ISDN Parity with retail service 6 mo. Diagnostic; Benchmark TBD Diagnostic
Owest DSL Parity with retail service 6 mo. Diagnostic; Benchmark TBD Diagnostic
Primary ISDN Parity with retail service 6 mo. Diagnostic; Benchmark TBD Diagnostic
DSO Parity with retail service 6 mo. Diagnostic; Benchmark TBD Diagnostic
DS1 Parity with retail service 6 mo. Diagnostic; Benchmark TBD Diagnostic
DS3 and higher bit-Parity with retail service 6 mo. Diagnostic; Benchmark TBD Diagnostic
rate services
(aggregate)
Frame Relay Parity with retail service 6 mo. Diagnostic; Benchmark TBD Diagnostic
Unbundled Network Parity with like retail 6 mo. Diagnostic; Benchmark TBD Diagnostic
Element - Platform service
(UNE-P) (POTS)
Unbundled Network Parity with retail Centrex 6 mo. Diagnostic; Benchmark TBD Diagnostic
Element - Platform
(UNE-P) (Centrex 21 )
Unbundled Network Parity with retail Centrex 6 mo. Diagnostic; Benchmark TBD Diagnostic
Element - Platform
(UNE-P) (Centrex)
Line Splitting Parity with retail Owest Diagnostic Diagnostic
DSL
Loop Splitting Diagnostic Diagnostic Diagnostic
Line Sharing Parity with retail RES &6 mo. Diagnostic; Benchmark TBD Diagnostic
BUS POTS
Sub-Loop Unbundling Diagnostic Diagnostic Diagnostic
Unbundled Loops:
Analog Loop Parity with retail Res &6 mo. Diagnostic; Benchmark TBD Diagnostic
Bus POTS with dispatch
Non-loaded Loop (2-Parity with retail ISDN 6 mo. Diagnostic; Benchmark TBD Diagnostic
wire)BRI
Non-loaded Loop (4-Parity with retail OS 1 6 mo. Diagnostic; Benchmark TBD Diagnostic
wire)
OS 1-capable Loop Parity with retail OS 1 6 mo. Diagnostic; Benchmark TBD Diagnostic
xDSL-capable Loop Parity with retail Owest Diagnostic Diagnostic
DSL
ISDN-capable Loop Parity with retail ISDN 6 mo. Diagnostic; Benchmark TBD Diagnostic
BRI
ADSL-qualified Loop Parity with retail Owest 6 mo. Diagnostic; Benchmark TBD Diagnostic
DSL with dispatch
Loop types of DS3 and Parity with retail DS3 6 mo. Diagnostic; Benchmark TBD Diagnostic
higher bit-rates and higher bit-rate
(aggregate) services (aggregate)
Dark Fiber - Loop Diagnostic Diagnostic Diagnostic
Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15 , 2004 Page 45
OP- 5 - New Service Quality (continued)
Enhanced Extended Loops
(EELs) - (DSO level)
Diagnostic until volume
criteria are met
Diagnostic until volume criteria are Diagnostic
met
Enhanced Extended Loops
(EELs) - (DS1 level)
Enhanced Extended Loops
(EELs) - (above DS1
level)
Parity with retail DS1
Private Line
Diagnostic until volume
criteria are met
6 mo. Diagnostic; Benchmark Diagnostic
TBD
Diagnostic until volume criteria are Diagnostic
met
Reported under OP-5A and under OP-5R (per OP-5A specifications):OP~A OP~R
Parity with Feature Diagnostic
Group 0 (aqqreqate)
Unbundled Dedicated Interoffice Transport (UDIT)
, UDIT (DS1 Level) Parity with Retail Private Diagnostic
Lines (OS 1
UDIT (Above DS1 Level) Parity with Retail Private Diagnostic
Lines (Above OS 1 level)
Diagnostic
Parity with Retail
E911/911 Trunks
LIS Trunks
Dark Fiber - IOF
E911/911 Trunks
Availability:
Available
Diaqnostic
Diagnostic
Notes:
1. The specified Change order types representing inward activity exclude Change
orders that do not involve installation of lines (in both wholesale and retail results).
Specifically this measurement does not include changes to existing lines, such as
number changes and PIC changes.2. Including consideration of repeat repair trouble reports (i.e., additional reports of
trouble related to the same newly-installed line/circuit that are received after the
preceding repair report is closed and within 30 days following installation
completion) to complete the determination of whether the newly-installed line/circuit
was trouble free within 30 days of installation.3. Qwest's repair management and tracking systems consist of WFA (Work Force
Administration), MTAS (Maintenance Tracking and Administration System), and
successor repairsystems, if any, as applicable to obtain the repair report data for
this measurement. Not included are Call Center Database systems supporting call
centers in logging calls from customers regarding problems or other inquiries (see
OP-5B and OP-5T).
4. The "following month" includes also the period of a few business da s (typically four
or five) afterward, up to the time when Qwest pulls the repair data to begin
processing results for this measurement.5. Includes repair and provisioning trouble reports generated by new processes that
supersede or supplement existing processes for submitting repair and provisioning
trouble reports as specified in Qwest's documented or agreed upon procedures.6. For purposes of calculating OP-, a call center ticket for multiple orders with
provisioning trouble reports will result in all orders reporting trouble counting as a
miss in OP-5B. If a repair trouble report(s) is received for the same orders, the
number of orders counted as a miss in OP-5B for Network reasons will be reduced
by the number of orders with repair troubles counted as a miss in OP-5A.
7. OP-5R will be counted on a per ticket basis.8. Reporting will begin at the time CLECs order the ,product, in any quantity, for three
consecutive months.
Qwest Idaho SGA T Third Revision , Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 46
OP-6 - Delayed Days
Purpose:
Evaluates the extent Qwest is late in installing services for customers , focusing on the average number of
days that late orders are completed beyond the committed due date.
Description:
OP-6A - Measures the average number of business da s NOTE 1 that service is delayed beyond the
Applicable Due Date for non-facility reasons attributed to Qwest.
Includes all inward orders (Change, New, and Transfer order types) that are
completed/closed during the reporting period , later, due to non-facility reasons, than the
Applicable Due Date recorded by Qwest, subject to exclusions specified below.
OP-6B - Measures the average number of business days NOTE 1 that service is delayed beyond the
Applicable Due Date for facility reasons attributed to Qwest.
Includes all inward orders (Change, New, and Transfer order types) that are
completed/closed during the reporting period later due to facility reasons than the original
due date recorded by Qwest, subject to exclusions specified below.
For both OP-6A and OP-6B:
. Change order types for additional lines consist of "C" orders representing inward activit
. The Applicable Due Date is the original due date or, if changed or delayed by the customer, the most
recently revised due date, subject to the following: If Qwest changes a due date for Qwest reasons
the Applicable Due Date is the customer-initiated due date, if any, that is (a) subsequent to the
original due date and (b) prior to a Qwest-initiated, changed due date, if any. NOTE 2
Time intervals associated with customer-initiated due date changes or delays occurring after the
Applicable Due Date, as applied in the formula below, are calculated by subtracting the latest Qwest-
initiated due date, if any, following the Applicable Due Date , from the subsequent customer-initiated
due date, if any. NOTE 2
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Average Business Days
Reporting
Comparisons:
CLEC aggregate
individual CLEC
and Qwest Retail
results
Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide level.
Results for products/services listed under Product Reporting under "MSA type
Disaggregation" will be reported for OP-6A and OP-6B according to orders
involving:1. Dispatches within MSAs;2. Dispatches outside MSAs; and3. No dispatches.
Results for products/services listed in Product Reporting under "Zone-type
Disaggregation" will be disaggregatedaccording to installations:4. In Interval Zone 1 areas; and5. In Interval Zone 2 areas.
Formula:
OP-6A = L((Actual Completion Date of late order for non-facility reasons) - (Applicable Due Date of late
order) - (Time intervals associated with customer-initiated due date changes or delays
occurring after the Applicable Due Date))+ (Total Number of Late Orders for non-facility
reasons completed in the reporting period)
OP-6B = L((ActuaICompletion Date of late order for facility reasons) - (Applicable Due Date of late
order)) - (Time intervals associated with customer-initiated due date changes or delays
occurring after the Applicable Due Date) + (Total Number of Late Orders for facility reasons
completed in the reporting period)
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 47
op. 6 - Delayed Days (continued)
Exclusions:
Orders affected only by delays that are solely for customer and/or CLEC reasons.
Disconnect, From (another form of disconnect) and Record order types.
Records involving official company services.
Records with invalid due dates or a lication dates.
Records with invalid completion dates.
Records with invalid product codes.
Records missinq data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID.
Product Reporting:Standards:
MSA-Tvee Disaaareaation -
Resale
Residential sinqle line service Parity with retail service
Business sinqle line service Parity with retail service
Centrex Parity with retail service
Centrex 21 Parity with retail service
DSO (non-desiqned provisioning)Parity with retail service
PBX Trunks (non-desiqned provisioninQ)Parity with retail service
Primary ISDN (non-designed provisioning)Parity with retail service
Basic ISDN (non-designed provisioning)Parity with retail service
Owest DSL (non-desiQned provisioninQ)Parity with retail service
Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with like retail service
(UNE-P) (POTS)
Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with retail Centrex 21
(UNE-P) (Centrex 21 )
Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with retail Centrex
(UNE-P) (Centrex)
Line Splittinq Parity with retail Owest DSL
Loop SplittinQ NOTE 3 Diagnostic
Line Sharing Parity with retail Owest DSL
Sub-Loop Unbundlinq Diagnostic
Zone-tyee Disaaareaation -
Resale
Primary ISDN (desiQned provisioninQ)Parity with retail service
Basic ISDN (designed provisioninQ)Parity with retail service
DSO (desiqned provisioning)Parity with retail service
DS1 Parity with retail service
PBX Trunks (designed provisioninQ)Parity with retail service
Owest DSL (desiqned provisioning)Parity with retail service
DS3 and higher bit-rate services Parity with retail service
(aQQreQate)
Frame Relay Parity with retail service
LIS Trunks Parity with Feature Group D (aggregate)
Unbundled Dedicated Interoffice Transport (UDIT)
UDIT - DS11evei Parity with retail DS 1 Private Line- Service
UDIT - Above DS11evei Parity with retail Private Line- Services above DS
level
Dark Fiber - IOF Diagnostic
Unbundled Loops:
Analog Loop Parity with retail Res and Bus POTS with dispatch
Non-loaded Loop (2-wire)Parity with retail ISDN BRI
Non-loaded Loop (4-wire)Parity with retail DS 1 Private Line
DS 1-capable Loop Parity with retail DS 1 Private Line
xDSL-capable Loop Parity with retail Owest DSL, with dispatch
ISDN-capable Loop Parity with retail ISDN BRI
ADSL-qualified Loop Parity with retail Owest DSL, with dispatch
Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision , Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 48
op. 6 - Delayed Days (continued)
Loop types of DS3 and higher bit-rates
(aggregate)
Dark Fiber - Loop
E911/911 Trunks
Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (DSO
level)
Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (DS1
level)
Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (DS3
level)
Availability:
Available
Parity with retail DS3 and higher bit-rate Private
Line services (aggregate)
Diaqnostic
Parity with retail E911/911 Trunks
Diagnostic
OP-6A: Parity with retail OS 1 Private Line,
OP-6B: Diagnostic
Diagnostic
Notes:1. For OP-6A-3 and OP-6B-, Saturday is counted as a business day for
all orders for Resale Residence, Resale Business, and UNE-
(POTS), as well as for the retail analogues specified above as
standards. For all other products under OP-6A-3 and OP-6B-, and
for all products under OP-6A-
, -
6A-
, -
6A-
, -
6A-
, -
6B-
, -
6B-
, -
6B-, and -6B-, Saturday is counted as a business day when the
service order is due or completed on Saturday.2. According to this definition, the Applicable Due Date can change, per
successive customer-initiated due date changes or delays, up to the
point when a Qwest-initiated due date change occurs. At that point
the Applicable Due Date becomes fixed (Le., with no further changes)
as the date on which it was set prior to the first Qwest-initiated due
date change , if any. Following the first Qwest-initiated due date
change , any further customer-initiated due date changes or delays are
measured as time intervals that are subtracted as indicated in the
formula. These delay time intervals are calculated as stated in the
description. (Though infrequent, in cases where multiple Qwest-
initiated due date changes occur, the stated method for calculating
delay intervals is applied to each pair of Qwest-initiated due date
change and subsequent customer-initiated due date change or delay.
The intervals thus calculated from each pairing of Qwest and
customer-initiated due dates are summed and then subtracted as
indicated in the formula.) The result of this approach is that Qwest-
initiated impacts on intervals are counted in the reported interval , and
customer-initiated impacts on intervals are not counted in the reported
interval.3. Reporting will begin at the time GLEGs order the product, in any
quantity, for three consecutive months.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision , Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 49
OP-7 - Coordinated "Hot Cut" Interval Unbundled Loop
Purpose:
Evaluates the duration of completing coordinated "hot cuts" of unbundled loops, focusing on the time
actually involved in disconnecting the loop from the Qwest network and connecting/testing the loop.
Description:
Measures the average time to complete coordinated "hot cuts" for unbundled loops, based on intervals
beginning with the "lift" time and ending with the completion time of Qwest's applicable tests for the
loop.
Includes all coordinated hot cuts of unbundled loops that are completed/closed during the
reporting period , subject to exclusions specified below.
. "
Hot cut" refers to moving the service of existing customers from Qwest's switch/frames to the
CLEC's equipment, via unbundled loops, that will serve the customers.
. "
Lift" time is defined as when Qwest disconnects the existing loop.
. "
Completion time" is defined as when Qwest completes the applicable tests after connecting the
loop to the CLEC.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Hours and Minutes
Reporting Comparisons: CLEC
aggregate and individual CLEC
results
Formula:
L(Completion time - Lift time) -7 (Total Number of unbundled loops with coordinated cutovers
completed in the reporting period)
Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide level.
Exclusions:
Time intervals associated with GLEC-caused delays.
Records missing data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID.
Invalid start/stop dates/times or invalid scheduled date/times.
Product Reporting: Coordinated Unbundled Standard:
Loops - Reported separately for: CO: 1 hour
Analog Loops All Other States: Diagnostic in light of OP-All other Loop Types (Coordinated Cuts On Time)
Availability:Notes:
Available
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision , Sixth Amended Exhibit 8 September 15, 2004 Page 50
OP-8 - Number Portability Timeliness
Purpose:
Evaluates the timeliness of cutovers of local number portability (LNP).
Description:
OP-BB - LNP Timeliness with Loop Coordination (percent): Measures the percentage of coordinated
LNP triggers set prior to the scheduled start time for the loop.
All orders for LNP coordinated with unbundled loops that are completed/closed during
the reporting period are measured, subject to exclusions specified below.
OP-BC - LNP Timeliness without Loop Coordination (percent): Measures the percentage of LNP
triggers set prior to the Frame Due Time or scheduled start time for the LNP cutover as
applicable.
All orders for LNP for which coordination with a loop was not requested that are
completed/closed during the reporting period are measured (including standalone LNP
coordinated with other than Qwest-provided Unbundled Loops and non-coordinated
standalone LNP), subject to exclusions specified below.
For purposes of these measurements (OP-BB and -BC), "trigger" refers to the "1 O-digit
unconditional trigger" or Line Side Attribute (LSA) that is set or translated by Qwest.
. "
Scheduled start time" is defined as the confirmed appointment time (as stated on the FOC), or a
newly negotiated time. In the case of LNP cutovers coordinated with loops, the scheduled time
used in this measurement will be no later than the "lay" time for the loop.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent of triggers set on time
Reporting Comparisons: CLEC aggregate and
individual CLEC results
Formula:
OP-BB = ((Number of LNP triggers set before the scheduled time for the coordinated loop cutover) 7
(Total Number of LNP activations coordinated with unbundled loops completed)) x 100
Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide level.
OP-BC = ((Number of LNP triggers set before the Frame Due Time or Scheduled Start Time) -;- (Total
Number of LNP activations without loop cutovers completed)) x 100
Exclusions:
GLEe-caused delays in trigger setting.
LNP requests that do not involve automatic triggers (e., DID lines without separate, unique
telephone numbers and Centrex 21).
LNP requests for which the records used as sources of data for these measurements have the
following types of errors:
Records with no PON (purchase order number) or STATE.
Records where triggers cannot be set due to switch capabilities.
Records with invalid due dates, a lication dates, or start dates.
Records with invalid completion dates.
Records missing data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the riD.
Invalid start/stop dates/times or invalid frame due or scheduled date/times.
Product Reporting: None Standard:95%
Availability:Notes:
Available
.Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision , Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 51
OP-13- Coordinated Cuts On Time - Unbundled Loop
Purpose:
Evaluates the percentage of coordinated cuts of unbundled loops that are completed on time, focusing
on cuts completed within one hour of the committed order due time and the percent that were started
without CLEC approval.
Description:
Includes all LSRs for coordinated, cuts of unbundled loops that are completed/closed during the
reporting period , subject to exclusions specified below.
. OP-13A - Measures the percentage of LSRs (CLEC orders) for all coordinated cuts of unbundled
loops that are started and completed on time. For coordinated loop cuts to be counted as "
time" in this measurement, the CLEC must agree to the start time, and Qwest must (1) receive
verbal CLEC approval before starting the cut or lifting the loop, (2) complete the physical work and
appropriate tests , (3) complete the Qwest portion of any associated LNP orders and (4) call the
CLEC with completion information , all within one hour of the time interval defined by the
committed order due time.
. OP-13B - Measures the percentage of all LSRs for coordinated cuts of unbundled loops that are
actually started without CLEC approval.
. "
Scheduled start time" is defined as the confirmed appointment time (as stated on the FOC), or a
newly negotiated appointment time.
. The "committed order due time" is based on the number and type of loops involved in the cut and
is calculated by adding the applicable time interval from the following list to the scheduled start
time:
Analog unbundled loops:
1 to 16 lines: 1 Hour
17 to 24 lines: 2 Hours
25+ lines: Project*
All other unbundled loops:
1 to 5 lines: 1 Hour
6 to 8 lines: 2 Hours
9 to 11 lines: 3 Hours
12 to 24 lines: 4 Hours
25+ lines: Project*
For Pro ects scheduled due dates and scheduled start times will be negotiated between CLEC
and Qwest, but no committed order due time is established. Therefore, projects are not included
in OP-13A (see exclusion below).
. "
Stop" time is defined as when Qwest notifies the CLEC that the Qwest physical work and the
appropriate tests have been successfully accomplished , including the Qwest portion of any
coordinated LNP orders.
. Time intervals following the scheduled start time or during the cutover process associated with
customer-caused delays are subtracted from the actual cutover duration.
. Where Qwest'srecords of completed coordinated cut transactions are missing evidence of CLEC
approval of the cutover, the cut will be counted as a miss under both OP-13A and OP-13B.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent
Reporting Comparisons: CLEC
aggregate and individual CLEC
results
Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide level.
Results for this measurement will be reported according to:
OP-13A Cuts Completed On Time
OP-13B Cuts Started Without CLEC Approval
Qwest Idaho SGA T Third Revision , Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 52
OP-13- Coordinated Cuts On Time - Unbundled Loop (continued)
Formula:
OP-13A = ((Count of LSRs for Coordinated Unbundled Loop cuts completed "On Time ) -;- (Total
Number of LSRs for Coordinated Unbundled Loop Cuts completed in the reporting period))
x 100
OP-13B = ((Count of LSRs for Coordinated Unbundled Loop cuts whose actual start time occurs
without CLEC approval)
-;-
(Total Number of LSRs for Coordinated Unbundled Loop Cuts
completed in the reporting period)) x 100
Exclusions:
Applicable to OP-13A:
Loop cuts that involve CLEC-requested non-standard methodologies, processes, or timelines.
OP-13A & OP-13B:
Records with invalid completion dates.
Records missing data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID which are not
otherwise designated to be "counted as a miss
Invalid starUstop dates/times or invalid scheduled date/times.
Projects involving 25 or more lines.
Product Reporting: Coordinated Unbundled
Loops - Reported separately for:
Analog Loops
All Other Loops
Standards:
OP-13A:
AZ: 90 Percent or more
All Other States: 95 Percent or more
Availability:
OP-13B: Diagnostic
Notes:
Available
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 53
OP-15- Interval for Pending Orders Delayed Past Due Date
Purpose:
Evaluates the extent to which Owest's pending orders are late , focusing on the average number of days the
pending orders are delayed past the Applicable Due Date, as of the end of the reporting period.
Description:
OP-15A - Measures the average number of business da s that pending orders are delayed beyond the
Applicable Due Date for reasons attributed to Owest.
Includes all pending inward orders (Change, New, and Transfer order types) for which the Applicable
Due Date recorded by Owest has been missed , subject to exclusions specified below. Change order
types included in this measurement consist of all "c" orders representing inward activit
. The Applicable Due Date is the original due date or, if changed or delayed by the customer, the most
recently revised due date, subject to the following: If Owest changes a due date for Owest reasons, the
Applicable Due Date is the customer-initiated due date , if any, that is ~a) subsequent to the original due
date and (b) prior to a Owest-initiated, changed due date, if any. NOTE
. Time intervals associated with customer-initiated due date changes or delays occurring after the
Applicable Due Date, as applied in the formula below, are calculated by subtracting the latest Owest-
initiated due date, if any, foliowing the Applicable Due Date , from the subsequent customer-initiated due
date, if any. NOTE 1
OP-15B - Reports the number of pending orders measured in the numerator of OP-15A that were delayed
for Owest facility reasons.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure:
NOTE 2OP-15A - Average Business Days
OP-15B - Number of orders pendinq facilities
Disaggregation Reporting:
Statewide
Reporting Comparisons:
CLEC aggregate, individual CLEC , Owest retail
Formula:
OP-15A = L((Last Day of Reporting Period) - (Applicable Due Date of Late Pending Order) - (Time
intervals associated with customer-initiated due date changes or delays occurring after the
Applicable Due Date)) + (Total Number of Pending Orders Delayed for Owest reasons as of the
last day of Reporting Period)
OP-15B = Count of pending orders measured in numerator of OP-15A that were delayed for Owest facility
reasons
Exclusions:
. Disconnect, From (another form of disconnect) and Record order types.
. Records involving official company services.
. Records with invalid due dates or a lication dates.
. Records with invalid product codes.
. Records missing data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID.
Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 54
OP-15- Interval for Pending Orders Delayed Past Due Date (continued)
Product Reporting:Standards: OP-15B = diagnostic only
For OP-15A:
Resale
Residential single line service Diaqnostic (Expectation: Parity with retail service)
Business single line service Diagnostic (Expectation: Parity with retail service)
Centrex Diagnostic (Expectation: Parity with retail service)
Centex 21 Diaqnostic (Expectation: Parity with retail service)
PBX Trunk Diagnostic (Expectation: Parity with retail service)
Basic ISDN Diagnostic (Expectation: Parity with retail service
Qwest DSL Diaqnostic (Expectation: Parity with retail service)
Primary ISDN Diagnostic (Expectation: Parity with retail service)
DSO Diagnostic (Expectation: Parity with retail service)
DS1 Diagnostic (Expectation: Parity with retail service)
DS3 and higher bit-rate services Diagnostic (Expectation: Parity with retail service)
(aggregate)
Frame Relay Diagnostic (Expectation: Parity with retail service)
Unbundled Network Element - Platform Diagnostic (Expectation: Parity with retail service)
(UNE-P) (POTS)
Unbundled Network Element - Platform Diagnostic (Expectation: Parity with retail Centrex 21)
(UNE-P) (Centrex 21 )
Unbundled Network Element - Platform Diagnostic (Expectation: Parity with retail Centrex)
(UNE-P) (Centrex)
Line Splitting Diagnostic (Expectation: Parity with retail Qwest
DSL)
Loop Splitting NOTE 3 Diagnostic
Line Sharing Diagnostic (Expectation: Parity with retail Qwest
DSL)
Sub-Loop Unbundlinq Diagnostic
LIS Trunks Diagnostic (Expectation: Parity with Feature Group D
(aggregate)) (separately reported)
Unbundled Dedicated Interoffice Transport (UDIT)
UDIT - DS1 level Diagnostic (Expectation: Parity with DS1 Private
Line- Service)
UDIT - Above DS1levei Diagnostic (Expectation: Parity with Private Line-
Services above DS1level)
Dark Fiber - IOF Diagnostic
Unbundled Loops:
Analog Loop Diagnostic (Expectation: Parity with retail Res and
Bus POTS with dispatch)
Non-loaded Loop (2-wire)Diagnostic (Expectation: Parity with retail ISDN BRI)
Non-loaded Loop (4-wire)Diagnostic (Expectation: Parity with retail DS1)
DS 1-capable Loop Diagnostic (Expectation: Parity with retail DS1)
ISDN-capable Loop Diagnostic (Expectation: Parity with ISDN-BRI)
ADSL-qualified Loop Diagnostic (Expectation: Parity with retail Qwest DSL
with dispatch)
Loop types of DS3 or higher bit rate Diagnostic (Expectation: Parity with retail DS3 and
(aggregate)hiqher bit-rate services (aqqreqate)
Dark Fiber - Loop Diagnostic
E911/911 Trunks Diagnostic (Expectation: Parity with retail E911/911
Trunks)
Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs)Diagnostic
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision , Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 55
OP-15- Interval for Pending Orders Delayed Past Due Date (continued)
Availability:
Available
Notes:
1. According to this definition, the Applicable Due Date can change, per
successive customer-initiated due date changes or delays, up to the point
when a Qwest-initiated due date change occurs. At that point, the Applicable
Due Date becomes fixed (i.e., with no further changes) as the date on which it
was set prior to the first Qwest-initiated due date change, if any. Following
the first Qwest-initiated due date change, any further customer-initiated due
date changes or delays are measured as time intervals that are subtracted as
indicated in the formula. These delay time intervals are calculated as stated
in the description. (Though infrequent, in cases where multiple Qwest-
initiated due date changes occur, the stated method for calculating delay
intervals is applied to each pair of Qwest-initiated due date change and
subsequent customer-initiated due date change or delay. The intervals thus
calculated from each pairing of Qwest and customer-initiated due dates are
summed and then subtracted as indicated in the formula.) The result of this
approach is that Qwest-initiated impacts on intervals are counted in the
reported interval, and customer-initiated impacts on intervals are not counted
in the reported interval.2. For OP-15A, Saturday is counted as a business day for all non-dispatched
orders for Resale Residence, Resale Business, and UNE-P (POTS), as well
as for non-dispatched orders in the retail analogues specified above as
standards. For all other non-dispatched products and for all dispatched
products under OP-15A, Saturday is not counted as a business day.3. Reporting will begin at the time GLEGs order the product, in any quantity, for
three consecutive months.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Thtrd Revision , Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 56
OP-17- Timeliness of Disconnects associated with LNP Orders
Purpose:
Evaluates the quality of Qwest completing LNP telephone number porting, focusing on the degree to
which porting occurs without implementing associated disconnects before the scheduled time/date.
Description:
OP-17A
Measures the percentage of all LNP telephone numbers (TNs), both stand alone and associated with
loops, that are ported without the incidence of disconnects being made by Qwest before the
scheduled time/date, as identified by associated qualifying trouble reports.
Focuses on disconnects associated with timely GLEG requests for delaying the disconnects or no
requests for delays.
The scheduled time/date is defined as 11 :59 p.m. on (1) the due date of the LNP order recorded
by Qwest or (2) the delayed disconnect date requested by the GLEG, where the GLEG submits a
timely request for delay of disconnection.
- ,
A GLEG request for delay of disconnection is considered timely if received by Qwest before 8:00
m. MT on the current due date of the LNP order recorded by Qwest.
OP-17B
Measures the percentage of all LNP telephone numbers (TNs),both stand alone and associated
with loops , that are ported without the incidence of disconnects being made by Qwest before the
scheduled time/date , as identified by associated qualifying trouble reports.
Includes only disconnects associated with untimely GLEG requests for delaying the
disconnects.
A GLEG request for delay of disconnection is considered "untimely" if received by Qwest
after 8:00 p.m. MT on the current due date of the LNP order recorded by Qwest and before
12:00 p.m. MT (noon) on the day after the current due date.
Disconnects are defined as the removal of switch translations, including the 1 O-digit trigger.
Disconnects that are implemented early, and thus counted as a "miss" under this measurement, are
those that the GLEG identifies as such to Qwest via trouble reports, within four calendar days of the
actual disconnect date, that are confirmed to be caused by disconnects being made before the
scheduled time.
Includes all GLEG orders for LNP TNs completed in the reporting period, subject to exclusions
specified below.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure:Percent
Reporting Comparisons: GLEG Aggregate
and Individual GLEG
Formula:
((Total number of LNP TNs ported pursuant to orders completed in the reporting period Number of TNs
with qualifying trouble reports notifying Qwest that disconnection before the scheduled time has occurred)
+ Total Number of LNP TNs ported pursuant to orders completed in the reporting period) x 100
Disaggregation Reporting:Statewide
'f, .
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 57
OP-17- Timelness of Disconnects associated with LNP Orders (continued)
Exclusions:
OP-17 A only
Trouble reports notifying Qwest of early disconnects associated with situations for which the CLEC
has failed to submit timely requests to have disconnects held for later implementation.
OP-17A & B
Trouble reports not related to valid requests (LSRs) for LNP and associated disconnects.
LNP requests that do not involve automatic triggers (e., DID lines without separate, unique TNs,
and Centrex 21).
Records with invalid trouble receipt dates.
Records with invalid cleared , closed or due dates.
Records with invalid product codes.
Records missing data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the riD.
OP-17B only
Trouble reports notifying Qwest of early disconnects associated with situations for which the CLEC
did not submit its untimely requests by 12:00 p.m. MT (noon) on the day after the LNP due date to
have disconnects held for later implementation.
Product Reporting:LNP Standards:
OP-17A - 98.25%
OP-17B - Diagnostic only, in light of its measuring
only requests for delay of disconnect
that are defined as untimely.
Availability:Notes:
Available
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 58
Maintenance and Repair
MR-2 - Calls Answered within 20 Seconds - Interconnect Repair Center
Purpose:
Evaluates Customer access to Qwest's Interconnection and/or Retail Repair Center(s), focusing on
the number of calls answered within 20 seconds.
Description:
Measures the percentage of Interconnection and/or Retail Repair Center calls answered within 20
seconds of the first ring.
Includes all calls to the Interconnect Repair Center during the reporting period, subject to
exclusions specified below.
First ring is defined as when the customer s call is first placed in queue by the ACD (Automatic
Call Distributor).
Answer is defined as when the call is first picked up by the Qwest agent.
Abandoned calls and busy calls are counted as calls which are not answered within 20 seconds.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent
Reporting Comparisons: CLEC aggregate and Disaggregation Reporting: Region-wide level.
Qwest Retail levels.
Formula:
((Total Calls Answered by Center within 20 seconds)
-;-
(Total Calls received by Center)) x 100
Exclusions: Time spent in the VRU (Voice Response Unit) is not counted.
Product Reporting: None Standard: Parity
Availability:Notes:
Available
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision , Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 59
MR-3 - Out of Service Cleared within 24 Hours
Purpose:
Evaluates timeliness of repair for specified services, focusing on trouble reports where the out-of-
service trouble reports were cleared within the standard estimate for specified services (i.e., 24 hours
for out-of-service conditions).
Description:
Measures the percentage of out of service trouble reports, involving specified services, that are
cleared within 24 hours of receipt of trouble reports from CLECs or from retail customers.
Includes all trouble reports , closed during the reporting period, which involve a specified service
that is out-of-service (i.e., unable to place or receive calls), subject to exclusions specified below.
. Time measured is from date and time that Owest is first notified of the trouble by CLEC to date
and time trouble is cleared.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent
Reporting
Comparisons:
CLEC aggregate
individual CLEC
and Owest Retail
results
Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide level.
Results for product/services listed in Product Reporting under "MSA Type
Disaggregation" will be disaggregated and reported according to trouble
reports involving:
MR-3A Dispatches within MSAs;
MR-3B Dispatches outside MSAs; and
MR-3C No dispatches.
Results for products/services listed in Product Reporting under "Zone-type
Disaggregation" will be disaggregated according to trouble reports involving:
MR-3D In Interval Zone 1 areas; and
MR-3E In Interval Zone 2 areas.
Formula:
((Number of Out of Service Trouble Reports closed in the reporting period that are cleared within 24
hours)
-;-
(Total Number of Out of Service Trouble Reports closed in the reporting period)) x 100
Exclusions:
Trouble reports coded as follows:
For products measured from MT AS data (products listed for MSA-type disaggregation),
trouble reports coded to disposition codes for: Customer Action; Non-Telco Plant; Trouble
Beyond the Network Interface; and Miscellaneous - Non-Dispatch , non-Owest (includes CPE
Customer Instruction, Carrier, Alternate Provider).
For products measured from WFA (Workforce Administration) data (products listed for Zone-
type disaggregation) trouble reports coded to trouble codes for Carrier Action (IEC) and
Customer Provided Equipment (CPE).
Subsequent trouble reports of any trouble before the original trouble report is closed.
Information tickets generated for internal Owest system/network monitoring purposes.
. Time delays due to "no access" are excluded from repair time for products/services listed in
Product Reporting under "Zone-type Disaggregation
For products measured from MTAS data (products listed for MSA-type disaggregation), trouble
reports involving a "no access" delay.
Trouble reports on the day of installation before the installation work is reported by the
technician/installer as complete.
Records involving official company services.
Records with invalid trouble receipt dates.
Records with invalid cleared or closed dates.
Records with invalid product codes.
Records missing data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID.
Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision , Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 60
MR-3 - Out of Service Cleared within 24 Hours (Continued)
Product Reporting:Standards:
MSA-TvDe Disaaareaation -
Resale
Residential single line service Parity with retail service
Business single line service Parity with retail service
Centrex Parity with retail service
Centrex 21 Parity with, retail service
PBX Trunks Parity with retail service
Basic ISDN Parity with retail service
Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with appropriate retail service
(UNE-P) (POTS)
Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with retail Centrex 21
(UNE-P) (Centrex 21 )
Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with retail Centrex
(UNE-P) (Centrex)
Line Splitting Parity with retail Qwest DSL
Loop Splitting NOTE 1 Diagnostic
Line Sharing CO: Parity with Qwest DSL
All Other States: Parity with RES and BUS
POTS
Sub-Loop Unbundling CO: Parity with retailISDN-BRI
All Other States: Diagnostic
Zone-tvDe Disaaareaation -
Resale
Qwest DSL Parity with retail service
Unbundled Loops
Analog Loop Parity with retail Res and Bus POTS
Non-loaded Loop (2 wire)Parity with retailISDN-BRI
xDSL-capable Loop Parity with retail Qwest IDSL
ISDN-capable Loop Parity with ISDN-BRI
ADSL-qualified Loop Parity with retail Qwest DSL
Availability:Notes:
Available Reporting will begin at the time CLECs order
the product, in any quantity, for three
consecutive months.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 61
MR-4 - All Troubles Cleared within 48 hours
Purpose:
Evaluates timeliness of repair for specified services , focusing on trouble reports of all types (both out
of service and service affecting) and on the number of such trouble reports cleared within the standard
estimate for specified services (Le., 48 hours for service-affecting conditions).
Description:
Measures the percentage of trouble reports, for specified services, that are cleared within 48 hours of
receipt of trouble reports from CLECs or from retail customers.
Includes all trouble reports, closed during the reporting period, which involve a specified service,
subject to exclusions specified below.
. Time measured is from date and time that Owest is first notified of the trouble by CLEC to date
and time trouble is cleared.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent
Reporting
Comparisons:
CLEC aggregate
individual CLEC
and Owest Retail
results
Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide level.
Results for product/services listed in Product Reporting under "MSA Type
Disaggregation" will be disaggregated and reported according to trouble
reports involving:
MR-4A Dispatches within MSAs;
MR-4B Dispatches outside MSAs; and
MR-4C No dispatches.
Results for products/services listed in Product Reporting under "Zone-type
Disaggregation" will be disaggregated according to trouble reports involving:
MR-4D In Interval Zone 1 areas; and
MR-4E In Interval Zone 2 areas
Formula:
((Total Trouble Reports closed in the reporting period that are cleared within 48 hours)
-;-
(Total Trouble
Reports closed in the reporting period)) x 100
Exclusions:
Trouble reports coded as follows:
For products measured from MTAS data (products listed for MSA-type disaggregation),
trouble reports coded to disposition codes for: Customer Action; Non-Telco Plant; Trouble
Beyond the Network Interface; and Miscellaneous - Non-Dispatch, non-Owest (includes CPE
Customer Instruction , Carrier, Alternate Provider).
For products measured from WFA (Workforce Administration) data (products listed for Zone-
type disaggregation) trouble reports coded to trouble codes for Carrier Action (IEC) and
Customer Provided Equipment (CPE).
Subsequent trouble reports of any trouble before the original trouble report is closed.
Information tickets generated for internal Owest system/network monitoring purposes.
. Time delays due to "no access" are excluded from repair time for products/services listed in
Product Reporting under "Zone-type Disaggregation
For products measured from MT AS data (products listed for MSA-type disaggregation), trouble
reports involving a "no access" delay.
Trouble reports on the day of installation before the installation work is reported by the
technician/installer as complete.
Records involving official company services.
Records with invalid trouble receipt dates.
Records with invalid cleared or closed dates.
Records with invalid product codes.
Records missing data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID.
Owest Idaho SGA T Third Revision, Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 62
MR-4 - All Troubles Cleared within 48 Hours (Continued)
atian -
Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Sixth Amended
Standards:
Parit with retail service
Parit with retail service
Parit with retail service
Parit with retail service
Parit with retail service
Parit with retail service
Parity with appropriate retail service
Parity with retail Centrex 21
Parity with retail Centrex
Parity with retail Owest DSL
Diagnostic
Parity with RES and BUS POTS
Diagnostic
Parit with retail Res and Bus POTS
Parit with retaillSDN-BRI
Parit with retail Owest IDSL
Parit with retailISDN-BRI
Parit with retail Owest DSL
Nates:1. Reporting will begin at the time CLECs order
the product, in any quantity, for three
consecutive months.
Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 63
MR-5 - All Troubles Cleared within 4 hours
Purpose:
Evaluates timeliness of repair for specified services, focusing on all trouble reports of all types
(including out of service and service affecting troubles) and on the number of such trouble reports
cleared within the standard estimate for specified services (i.e., 4 hours).
Description:
Measures the percentage of trouble reports for specified services that are cleared within 4 hours of
receipt of trouble reports from CLECs or from retail customers.
Includes all trouble reports, closed during the reporting period , which involve a specified service
subject to exclusions specified below.
. Time measured is from date and time that Owest is first notified of the trouble by CLEC to date and
time trouble is cleared.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent
Reporting Comparisons:
CLEC aggregate, individual
CLEC and Owest Retail results
Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide level.
Results for listed products will be disaggregated according to trouble
reports:
M R -
MR-
In Interval Zone 1 areas; and
In Interval Zone 2 areas.
Formula:
((Number of Trouble Reports closed in the reporting period that are cleared within 4 hours) + (Total
Trouble Reports closed in the reporting period)) x 100
Exclusions:
. Trouble reports coded as follows:
For products measured using WFA (Workforce Administration) data (products listed for Zone-
type disaggregation) trouble reports coded to trouble codes for Carrier Action (IEC) and
Customer Provided Equipment (CPE).
Subsequent trouble reports of any trouble before the original trouble report is closed.
Information tickets generated for internal Owest system/network monitoring purposes.
. Time delays due to "no access" are excluded from repair time.
Trouble reports on the day of installation before the installation work is reported by the
technician/installer as complete.
Records involving official company services.
Records with invalid trouble receipt dates.
Records with invalid cleared or closed dates.
Records with invalid product codes.
Records missing data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID.
Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision , Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 1S, 2004 Page 64
MR-5 - All Troubles Cleared within 4 hours (continued)
Product Reporting:Standards:
Zone-Type Disaggregation -
Resale
Primary ISDN Parity with retail service
DSO Parity with retail service
DS1 Parity with retail service
DS3 and higher bit-rate services Parity with retail service
(aggregate)
Frame Relay Parity with retail service
LIS Trunks Parity with Feature Group D (aggregate)
Unbundled Dedicated Interoffice Transport (UDIT)
UDIT - DS1 level Parity with DS1 Private Line Service
UDIT ~ Above DS11evei Parity with Private Line Services above DS 1 level
Unbundled Loops:
Non-loaded Loop (4-wire)Parity with retail DS1
DS 1-capable Loop Parity with retail DS 1
Loop types of DS3 and higher bit-rates Parity with retail DS3 and higher bit-rate services
(aggregate)(aggregate)
E911/911 Trunks Parity with retail E911/911 Trunks
Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (DSO Diagnostic
level)
Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (DS1 Parity with retail DS 1 Private Line
level)
Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (DS3 Diagnostic
level)
Availability:Notes:
Available
Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 65
MR-6 - Mean Time to Restore
Purpose:
Evaluates timeliness of repair, focusing how long it takes to restore services to proper operation.
Description:
Measures the time actually taken to clear trouble reports.
Includes all trouble reports closed during the reporting period, subject to exclusions specified below.
Includes customer direct reports, customer-relayed reports, and test assist reports that result in a
trouble report.
. Time measured is from date and time that Qwest is first notified of the trouble by CLEC to date and
time trouble is cleared.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Hours and Minutes
Reporting
Comparisons:
CLEC aggregate
individual CLEC
and Qwest Retail
results
Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide level.
Results for producUservices listed in Product Reporting under "MSA Type
Disaggregation" will be reported according to trouble reports involving:
MR-6A Dispatches within MSAs;
MR-6B Dispatches outside MSAs; and
MR-6C No dispatches.
Results for products/services listed in Product Reporting under "Zone-type
Disaggregation" will be disaggregated according to trouble reports involving:
MR-6D In Interval Zone 1 areas; and
MR-6E In Interval Zone 2 areas.
Formula:
L((Date & Time Trouble Report Cleared) - (Date & Time Trouble Report Opened))
-;-
(Total number of
Trouble Reports closed in the reporting period)
Exclusions:
Trouble reports coded as follows:
For products measured from MTAS data (products listed for MSA-type disaggregation), trouble
reports coded to disposition codes for: Customer Action; Non-Telco Plant; Trouble Beyond the
Network Interface; and Miscellaneous - Non-Dispatch, non-Qwest (includes CPE, Customer
Instruction , Carrier, Alternate Provider).
For products measured from WFA (Workforce Administration) data (products listed for Zone-
type disaggregation) trouble reports coded to trouble codes for Carrier Action (IEC) and
Customer Provided Equipment (CPE).
Subsequent trouble reports of any trouble before the original trouble report is closed.
Information tickets generated for internal Qwest system/network monitoring purposes.
. Time delays due to "no access" are excluded from repair time for products/services listed in Product
Reporting under "Zone-type Disaggregation
For products measured from MT AS data (products listed for MSA-type disaggregation), trouble
reports involving a "no access" delay.
Trouble reports on the day of installation before the installation work is reported by the
technician/installer as complete.
Records involving official company services.
Records with invalid trouble receipt dates.
Records with invalid cleared or closed dates.
Records with invalid product codes.
Records missing data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision , Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 66
MR-6 - Mean Time to Restore (Continued)
Product Reporting:Standards:
MSA-Tvpe Disaaareaation -
Resale
Residential single line service Parity with retail service
Business single line service Parity with retail service
Centrex Parity with retail service
Centrex 21 Parity with retail service
PBX Trunks Parity with retail service
Basic ISDN Parity with retail service
Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with like retail service
(UNE-P) (POTS)
Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with retail Centrex 21
(UNE-P) (Centrex 21 )
Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with retail Centrex
(UNE-P) (Centrex)
Line Splittinq Parity with retail Owest DSL
Loop Splittinq NOTE 1 Diagnostic
Line Sharing CO: Parity with Owest DSL
All Other States: Parity with RES and BUS POTS
Sub-Loop Unbundling,CO: Parity with retailISDN-BRI
All Other States: Diagnostic
Zone-Type Disaaareaation -
Resale
Owest DSL Parity with retail service
Primary ISDN Parity with retail service
DSO Parity with retail service
DS1 Parity with retail service
DS3 and higher bit-rate services Parity with retail service
(aqqreqate)
Frame Relay Parity with retail service
LIS Trunks Parity with Feature Group D (aggregate)
Unbundled Dedicated Interoffice Transport (UDIT)
UDIT - DS1 level Parity with retail DS 1 Private Line
UDIT - Above DS11evei Parity with retail Private Lines above DS 1 level
Dark Fiber - IOF Diagnostic
Unbundled Loops:
Analog Loop Parity with retail Res and Bus POTS
Non-loaded Loop (2-wire)Parity with retail ISDN BRI
Non-loaded Loop (4-wire)Parity with retail DS 1 Private Line
DS 1-capable Loop Parity with retail DS 1 Private Line
xDSL-capable Loop Parity with retail Owest IDSL
ISDN-capable Loop Parity with retail ISDN BRI
ADSL-qualified Loop Parity with retail Owest DSL
Loop types of DS3 and higher bit-rates Parity with retail DS3 and higher bit-rate Private
, (aggregate) Line services (aggregate)
Dark Fiber - Loop Diagnostic
E911/911 Trunks Parity with retail E911/911 Trunks
Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (DSO Diagnostic
level)
Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (DS1 Parity with retail DS 1 Private Line
level)
Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (D83 Diagnostic
level)
Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 67
MR-6 - Mean Time to Restore (Continued) Availability: Notes:Available 1. Reporting will begin at the time GLEGs order
the product, in any quantity, for three
consecutive months.
Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision , Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 68
MR-7 - Repair Repeat Report Rate
Purpose:
Evaluates the accuracy of repair actions, focusing on the number of re eated trouble re orts received
for the same line/circuit within a specified period (30 calendar days).
Description:
Measures the percentage of trouble reports that are repeated within 30 days on end user lines and
circuits.
Includes all trouble reports closed during the reporting period that have a repeated trouble report
received within thirty (30) days of the initial trouble report for the same service (regardless of
whether the report is about the same type of trouble for that service), subject to exclusions
specified below.
In determining same service Owest will compare the end user telephone number or circuit access
code of the initial trouble reports closed during the reporting period with reports received within 30
days of when the initial trouble report closed.
Includes reports due to Owest network or system causes, customer-direct and customer-relayed
reports.
. The 3D-day period applied in the numerator of the formula below is from the date and time that the
initial trouble report is closed to the date and time that the next, or "repeat" trouble report is
received (Le., opened).
Reporting Period: One month , reported in
arrears (Le., results first appear in reports one
month later than results for measurements that
are not reported in arrears), in order to cover the
3D-day period following the initial trouble report.Reporting Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide level.
Comparisons: . Results for product/services listed in Product Reporting under "MSA TypeCLEC Disaggregation" will be reported according to trouble reports involving:
aggregate, MR-7A Dispatches within MSAs;individual MR-7B Dispatches outside MSAs; andCLEC and MR- 7C No dispatches.
Owest Retail Results for products/services listed in Product Reporting under "Zone-type
results Disaggregation" will be disaggregated according to trouble reports involving:
MR-7D In Interval Zone 1 areas; and
MR-7E In Interval Zone 2 areas.
Unit of Measure: Percent
Formula:
((Total trouble reports closed within the reporting period that had a repeated trouble report received
within 30 calendar days of when the initial trouble report closed)
-;-
(Total number of Trouble Reports
Closed in the reporting period)) x 100
Exclusions:
Trouble reports coded as follows:
For products measured from MTAS data (products listed for MSA-type disaggregation),
trouble reports coded to disposition codes for: Customer Action; Non-Telco Plant; Trouble
Beyond the Network Interface; and Miscellaneous - Non-Dispatch, non-Owest (includes CPE
Customer Instruction, Carrier, Alternate Provider).
'-
For products measured from WFA 0Norkforce Administration) data (products listed for Zone-
type disaggregation) trouble reports coded to trouble codes for Carrier Action (IEC) and
Customer Provided Equipment (CPE).
Subsequent trouble reports of any trouble before the original trouble report is closed.
Information tickets generated for internal Owest system/network monitoring purposes.
Trouble reports on the day of installation before the installation work is reported by the
technician/installer as complete.
Records involving offiCial company services.
Records with invalid trouble receipt dates.
Owest Idaho SGA T Third Revision , Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 69
MR-7 - Repair Repeat Report Rate (Continued)
Records with invalid cleared or closed dates.
Records with invalid product codes.
Records missinq data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID.
Product Reporting:Standards:
MSA-Tvpe Disaaareaation -
Resale
Residential sinqle line service Parity with retail service
Business single line service,Parity with retail service
Centrex Parity with retail service
Centrex 21 Parity with retail service
PBX Trunks Parity with retail service,
Basic ISDN Parity with retail service
Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with like retail service
(UNE-P) (POTS)
Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with retail Centrex 21
(UNE-P) (Centrex 21 )
Unbundled Network Element - Platform (UNE-Parity with retail Centrex
P) (Centrex)
Line Splitting Parity with Owest Retail DSL
Loop Splitting NOTE 1 Diagnostic
Line Sharing AZ & CO: Parity with Owest Retail DSL
All Other States: Diagnostic Comparison with
Owest Retail DSL
Sub-Loop Unbundling CO: Parity with Retail ISDN-BRI
All Other States: Diagnostic
Zone- Tvne Disaaareaation -
Resale
Owest DSL Parity with retail service
Primary ISDN Parity with retail service
DSO Parity with retail service
DS1 Parity with retail service
DS3 and higher bit-rate services Parity with retail service
(aqqreqate)
Frame Relay Parity with retail service
LIS Trunks Parity with Feature Group 0 (aggregate)
Unbundled Dedicated Interoffice Transport (UDIT)
UDIT - DS11evei Parity with retail OS 1 Private Line
UDIT - Above DS11evei Parity with retail Private Lines above OS 1 level
Dark Fiber - IOF Diaqnostic
Unbundled Loops:
Analog Loop Parity with retail Res and Bus POTS
Non-loaded Loop l2-wire)Parity with retail ISDN BRI
Non-loaded Loop (4-wire)Parity with retail OS 1 Private Line
OS 1-capable Loop Parity with retail OS 1 Private Line
xDSL-lcapable Loop Parity with retail Owest IDSL
ISDN-capable Loop Parity with retail ISDN BRI
ADSL-qualified Loop Parity with retail Owest DSL
Loop types of DS3 and higher bit-rates Parity with retail DS3 and higher bit-rate Private
(aggregate)Line services (aggregate)
Dark Fiber - Loop Diagnostic
E911/911 Trunks Parity with retail E911/911 Trunks
Owest Idaho SGA T Third Revision , Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 70
MR-7 ~ Repair Repeat Report Rate (Continued)
Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (DSO Diagnostic
level)
Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (DS1 Parity with retail OS 1 Private Line
level)
Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (OS3 Diagnostic
level)
AvailabiHty:Notes:
Targeted availability with July 2004 Reporting will begin at the time CLECs order
results reported in September 2004 the product, in any quantity, for three
consecutive months.
awest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 71
MR-8 - Trouble Rate
Purpose:
Evaluates the overall rate of trouble reports as a percentage of the total installed base of the service or
element.
Description:
Measures trouble reports by product and compares them to the number of lines in service.
Includes all trouble reports closed during the reporting period , subject to exclusions specified
below.
Includes all applicable trouble reports, including those that are out of service and those that are
only service-affecting.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent
Reporting Comparisons: CLEC aggregate
individual CLEC and Qwest Retail results
Formula:
((Total number of trouble reports closed in the reporting period involving the specified service
grouping) + (Total number of the specified services that are in service in the reporting period)) x 100
Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide level.
Exclusions:
Trouble reports coded as follows:
For products measured from MT AS data, trouble reports coded to disposition codes for:
Customer Action; Non-Telco Plant; Trouble Beyond the Network Interface; and Miscellaneous
- Non-Dispatch , non-Qwest (includes CPE, Customer Instruction , Carrier, Alternate Provider).
For products measured from WFA data trouble reports coded to trouble codes for Carrier
Action (IEC) and Customer Provided Equipment (CPE).
Subsequent trouble reports of any trouble before the original trouble report is closed.
Information tickets generated for internal Qwest system/network monitoring purposes.
Trouble reports on the day of installation before the installation work is reported by the
technician/installer as complete.
Records involving official company services.
Records with invalid trouble receipt dates.
Records with invalid cleared or closed dates.
Records with invalid product codes.
Records missing data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 72
MR-8 - Trouble Rate (continued)
Product Reporting:Standards:
Resale
Residential single line service Parity with retail service
Business single line service Parity with retail service
Centrex Parity with retail service
Centrex 21 Parity with retail service
PBX Trunks Parity with retail service
Basic ISDN Parity with retail service
Owest DSL Parity with Owest DSL service
Primary ISDN Parity with retail service
DSO Parity with retail service
DS1 Parity with retail service
DS3 and higher bit-rate services Parity with retail service
(aggregate)
Frame Relay Parity with retail service
Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with .like retail service
(UNE-P) (POTS)
Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with retail Centrex 21
(UNE-P) (Centrex 21 )
Unbundled Network Element -Parity with retail Centrex
Platform(UNE-P) (Centrex)
Line Splitting Parity with retail Owest DSL
Loop Splitting NOTE 1 Diagnostic
Line Sharing CO: Parity with Owest DSL
All Other States: Parity with RES and BUS
POTS
Sub-Loop Unbundling CO: Parity with retailISDN-BRI
All Other States: Diagnostic
LIS Trunks Parity with Feature Group 0 (aggregate)
Unbundled Dedicated Interoffice Transport (UDIT)
UDIT - DS1 level Parity with retail OS 1 Private Line Service
UDIT - Above DS11evei Parity with retail Private Lines above OS 1 level
Dark Fiber - IOF Diagnostic
Unbundled Loops:
Analog Loop Parity with retail Res and Bus POTS
Non-loaded Loop (2-wire)Parity with retail ISDN BRI
Non-loaded Loop (4-wire)Parity with retail DS1 Private Line
OS 1-capable Loop Parity with retail OS 1 Private Line
xDSL-capable Loop Parity with retail Owest IDSL
ISDN-'capable Loop Parity with retail ISDN BRI
ADSL-qualified Loop Parity with retail Owest DSL
Loop types of DS3 and higher bit-rates Parity with retail DS3 and higher bit-rate service~
(aggregate)(aggregate)
Dark Fiber - Loop Diagnostic
E911/911 Trunks Parity with retail E911/911 Trunks
Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (DSO Diagnostic
level)
Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (DS1 Parity with retail OS 1 Private Line
level)
Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (DS3 Diagnostic
level)
Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision , Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 73
MR-8 - Trouble Rate (continued)
Availability:
Available
Notes:1. Reporting will begin at the time GLEGs order
the product, in any quantity, for three
consecutive months.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision , Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15 2004 Page 74
MR-9 - Repair Appointments Met
Purpose:
Evaluates the extent to which Qwest repairs services for Customers by the appointment date and time.
Description:
Measures the percentage of trouble reports for which the appointment date and time is met.
Includes all trouble reports closed during the reporting period , subject to exclusions specified
, below.
. Time measured is from date and time that Qwest is first notified of the trouble by CLEC to date
and time trouble is cleared.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent
Reporting
Comparisons: CLEC
aggregate, individual
CLEC and Qwest Retail
results
Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide level.
Results for listed services will be disaggregated and reported
according to trouble reports involving:
MR-9A Dispatches within MSAs;
MR-9B Dispatches outside MSAs; and
MR-9C No dispatches.
Formula:
((Total Trouble Reports Cleared by appointment date and time) +- (Total Trouble Reports Closed in the
Reporting Period)) x 100
Exclusions:
Trouble reports coded as follows:
For products measured from MT AS data , trouble reports coded to disposition codes for:
Customer Action; Non-Telco Plant; Trouble Beyond the Network Interface; and Miscellaneous
- Non-Dispatch , non-Qwest (includes CPE, Customer Instruction, Carrier, Alternate Provider).
Subsequent trouble reports of any trouble before the original trouble report is closed.
Information tickets generated for internal Qwest system/network monitoring purposes.
. Time delays due to "no access" are excluded from repair time by using the rescheduled
appointment time to determine if the repair appointment is met.
Trouble reports on the day of installation before the installation work is reported by the
technician/installer as complete.
Records involving official company services.
Records with invalid trouble receipt dates.
Records with invalid cleared or closed dates.
Records with invalid product codes.
Records missing data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID.Product Reporting: Standard: Parity
Resale:
Residential single line service
Business single line service
Centrex
Centrex 21
PBX Trunks
Basic ISDN
Unbundled Elements - Platform (UNE-
(POTS)
Availability:Notes:
Available
. Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 75
MR-10 Customer and Non-Qwest Related Trouble Reports
Purpose:
Evaluates the extent that trouble reports were customer related, and provides diagnostic information
to help address potential issues that might be raised by the core maintenance and repair performance
indicators.
Description:
Measures the percentage of all trouble reports that are attributed to the customer as a percentage of
all trouble reports resolved during the reporting period, subject to exclusions specified below.
Includes trouble reports closed during the reporting period coded as follows:
For products measured from MT AS data , trouble reports coded to disposition codes for: Customer
Action; Non-Telco Plant, Trouble Beyond the Network Interface; and Miscellaneous - Non-
Dispatch, non-Qwest (includes CPE, Customer Instruction, Carrier, Alternate Provider) and trouble
reports involving a "no access" delay for MSA type disaggregated products.
For products measured from WFA (Workforce Administration) data trouble reports coded to
trouble codes for Carrier Action (lEC) and Customer Provided Equipment (CPE).
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent
Reporting Comparisons: CLEC aggregate
individual CLEC and Qwest Retail results
Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide level.
Formula:
. ((Number of Trouble Reports coded to disposition codes specified above) 7 (Total Number of Trouble
Reports Closed in the Reporting Period)) x 100
Exclusions:
Subsequent trouble reports of any trouble before the original trouble report is closed
Information tickets generated for internal Qwest system/network monitoring purposes.
Records involving official company services.
Records with invalid trouble receipt dates.
Records with invalid cleared or closed dates.
Records with invalid product codes.
Records missing data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID.
Trouble reports on the day of installation before the installation work is reported by the
technician/installer as complete.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision , Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 76
MR-10 Customer and Non-Qwest Related Trouble Reports (continued)
Product Reporting:Standards:
Resale
Residential sinqle line service Diaqnostic
Business single line service Diagnostic
Centrex Diagnostic
Centrex 21 Diaqnostic
PBX Trunks Diagnostic
Basic ISDN Diagnostic
Owest DSL Diagnostic
Unbundled Network Element - Platform Diagnostic
(UNE-P) (POTS)
Unbundled Network Element - Platform Diagnostic
(UNE-P) (Centrex 21 )
Unbundled Network Element - Platform Diagnostic
(UNE-P) (Centrex)
Resale
Primary ISDN Diagnostic
DSO Diagnostic
DS1 Diaqnostic
DS3 and higher bit-rate services Diagnostic
(aqqreqate)
Frame Relay Diagnostic
LIS Trunks Diagnostic
Unbundled Dedicated Interoffice Transport (UDIT)
UDIT - DS1 level Diagnostic
UDIT - Above DS11evei Diaqnostic
Unbundled Loops:
Analog Loop Diagnostic
Non-loaded Loop (2-wire)Diagnostic
Non-loaded Loop (4-wire)Diagnostic
OS 1-capable Loop Diagnostic
xDSL-capable Loop Diagnostic
ISDN-capable Loop Diagnostic
ADSL-qualified Loop Diagnostic
Loop types of DS3 and higher bit-rates Diagnostic
(aqqreqate)
E911/911 Trunks Diagnostic
Availability:Notes:
Available
Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision , Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 77
MR-11 - LNP Trouble Reports Cleared within 24 Hours
Purpose:
Evaluates timeliness .of clearing LNP trouble reparts, facusing an the degree ta which residence and
business, discannect-related , aut-af-service trouble reparts are cleared within faur business haurs and all
LNP-related trouble reparts are cleared within 48 haurs.
Description:
MR-11A: Measures the percentage .of specified LNP-anly (i.e., nat unbundled-Iaap), residence and
business, aut-af-service trauble reparts that are cleared within faur business haurs .of Owest
receiving these trouble reparts from GLEGs.
Includes .only trauble reparts that are received an .or befare the currently-scheduled due date
.of the actual LNP-related discannect time/date, .or the next business da , that are canfirmed
ta be caused by discannects being made befare the scheduled time, and that are clased
during the reparting periad, subject ta exclusians specified belaw.
MR-11 B: Measures the percentage .of specified LNP-anly trouble reparts that are cleared within 48 haurs
.of Owest receiving these trouble reparts from GLEGs.
Includes all LNP-anly trouble reparts, received within faur calendar days .of the actual LNP-
related discannect date and clased during the reparting periad.
The "currently-scheduled due date/time" is the .original due date/time established by Owest in
respanse ta GLEG/custamer request far discannectian .of service parted via LNP .or, if GLEG submits
ta Owest a timely .or untimely request far delay .of discannectian, it is the GLEG/custamer-requested
later date/time.
. A request far delay .of discannectian is cansidered timely if received by Owest before 8:00 p.m. MT
an the due date that Owest has an recard at the time .of the request.
. A request far delay .of discannectian is cansidered untimely if received by Owest after 8:00 p.m. MT
an the due date and befare 12:00 p.rr:'. MT (naan) an the day after the due date
Time measured is fram the date and time Owest receives the trouble repart ta the date and time
trouble is cleared.
Reporting Period: One manth Unit of Measure: Percent
Reporting Comparisons: GLEG Aggregate and
Individual GLEG
Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide level (all are
nan-dispatched"
Formula:
MR-11A = ((Number .of specified aut-af-service LNP-anly Trouble Reparts, far LNP-related troubles
canfirmed ta be caused by discannects, that Owest executed befare the currently-scheduled
due date/time, that were clased in the reparting periad and cleared within faur business
haurs)+ (Tatal Number .of specified aut .of service LNP-anly Trouble Reparts far LNP-related
traubles canfirmed ta be caused by discannects that Owest executed befare the currently-
scheduled due date/time, that were clased in the reparting periad)) x 100
MR-11 B = ((Number .of specified LNP-anly Trouble Reparts clased in the reparting periad that were
cleared within 48 haurs) + (Tatal Number .of specified LNP-anly Trouble Reparts clased in the
reparting periad)) x 100
Owest Idaha SGAT Third Revisian, Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 78
MR-11 - LNP Trouble Reports Cleared within 24 Hours (Continued)
Exclusions:
Trouble reports attributed to customer or non-Owest reasons
Trouble reports not related to valid requests (LSRs) for LNP and associated disconnects.
Subsequent trouble reports of LNP trouble before the original trouble report is closed.
For MR-11 B only: Trouble reports involving a "no access" delay.
Information tickets generated for internal Owest system/network monitoring purposes.
Records involving official company services.
Records with invalid trouble receipt dates.
Records with invalid cleared or closed dates.
Records with invalid product codes.
Records missinq data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID.
Product Reporting: LNP Standards:
MR-11A:
If OP-17 result meets its standard , the MR-11A standard is Diagnostic.
If OP-17 result does not meet its standard , the MR-11A standard is as
follows:
For 0-20 trouble reports : No more than 1 ticket cleared in
:;:.
four
business hours
For:;:. 20 trouble reports : The lesser of 95% or Parity with MR-
results for Retail Residence and Business
MR-11 B:
For 0-20 trouble reports : No more than 1 ticket cleared:;:. 48 hours
For:;:. 20 trouble reports : The lesser of 95% or Parity with MR-
results for Retail Residence and Business
* Based on MR-11A denominator.
Based on MR-11 B denominator.
Availability:
Available
Notes:
Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision , Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 79
Billing
BI-1 - Time to Provide Recorded Usage Records
Purpose:
Evaluates the timeliness with which Owest provides recorded daily usage records to CLECs.
Description:
Measures the average time interval from date of recorded daily usage to date usage records are
transmitted or made available to CLECs as applicable. '
BI-1A - Measures recorded daily usage for UNEs and Resale and includes industry standard
electronically transmitted usage records for feature group switched access, NOTE 1 local
measured usage, local message usage, toll usage , and local exchange service components
priced on a per-use basis, subject to exclusions specified below.
BI-1 B - Measures the percent of recorded daily usage for Jointly provided switched access provided
within four days. This includes usage created by the CLEC and Owest or IXC providing
access, usually via 2-way Feature Group X trunk groups for Feature Group A, Feature Group
, Feature Group D, Phone to Phone IP Telephony, 8XX access, and 900 access and their
successors or similar Switched Access services.
BI-1C - Provides separate reporting for two elements captured in BI-1A above , as follows:
. BI-1C-1 - Measures recorded daily usage for UNEs and Resale and includes industry
standard electronically transmitted usage records for feature group switched access, NOTE 1
subject to exclusions specified below.
. BI-1 C--'- Measures recorded daily usage for UNEs and Resale and includes industry
standard electronically transmitted usage records for local measured usage, local
message usage, toll usage, and local exchange service components priced on a per-use
, basis, subject to exclusions specified below.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure:
BI-, BI-1C-, BI-1C-2: Average Business Da
BI-1 B: Percent
Disaggregation Reporting: State level.Reporting Comparisons: CLEC aggregate
individual CLECs , and Owest Retail results
Formula:
BI-, BI-1C-, BI-1C-2 (for specified products & records) = ~)Date Record Transmitted or made
available - Date Usage Recorded) 7 (Total number of records)
BI-1 B = ((# of daily usage records for Jointly provided switched access sent within four days) 7 (Total
daily usage records for Jointly provided switched access in the report period)) x 100
Exclusions:
Instances where the CLEC requests other than daily usage transmission or availability.
Duplicate records.
Product Reporting:
. UNEs and Resale
. Jointly-provided Switched Access
Standards:
BI-1A: Parity with Owest retail.
BI-1 B: 95% within 4 business days
BI-1 C-1 j BI-1 C-2: Diagnostic Comparison with the
Owest Retail results used in standard for
BI-
Availability:
Available
Notes:
1. "Feature group switched access" includes all
type 11 OXXX detail records for Feature
Groups A, B, C, and D.
Owest Idaho SGA T Third Revision , Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 80
BI-2 - Invoices Delivered within 10 Days
Purpose:
Evaluates the timeliness with which Owest delivers industry standard electronically transmitted bills to
CLECs, focusing on the percent delivered within ten calendar days.
Description:
Measures the percentage of invoices that are delivered within ten days , based on the number of days
between the bill date and bill delivery.
Includes all industry standard electronically transmitted invoices for local exchange services and
toll , subject to exclusions specified below.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent
Reporting Comparisons: Combined Owest Disaggregation Reporting: State level
Retail/CLEC results (Parity by design)
Formula:
((Count of Invoices for which Bill Transmission Date to Bill Date is ten calendar days or less)
-;-
(Total
Number of Invoices)) x 100
Exclusions:
Bills transmitted via paper, magnetic tape, CD-ROM, diskette.
Records with missing data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID.
Product Reporting:Standard:
UNEs and Resale Parity by design.
Availability:Notes:
Available
Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 81
BI-3 - Billing Accuracy Adjustments for Errors
Purpose:
Evaluates the accuracy with which Qwest bills CLECs, focusing on the percentage of billed revenue
adjusted due to errors.
Description:
Measures the billed revenue minus amounts adjusted off bills due to errors, as a percentage of total
billed revenue.
Both the billed revenue and amounts adjusted off bills due to error are calculated from bills
rendered in the reporting period.
Amounts adjusted off bills due to errors" is the sum of all bill adjustments made in the reporting
period that involve, either in part or in total, adjustment codes related to billing errors. (Each
adjustment thus qualifying is added to the sum in its entirety.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent
Reporting Comparisons: CLEC aggregate Disaggregation Reporting: State level.
individual CLECs, and Qwest Retail results
Formula:
(L(Total Billed Revenue Billed in Reporting Period - Amounts Adjusted Off Bills Due to Errors) -T (Total
Billed Revenue billed in Reporting Period)) x 100
Exclusions:
. BI-3A - UNEs and Resale - None
. BI-3B - Reciprocal Compensation Minutes of Use - Billing adjustments as a result of GLEe-caused
errors in return of minutes of use
Product Reporting:Standards:
BI-3A - UNEs and Resale BI-3A - UNEs and Resale: Parity with Qwest
BI-3B - Reciprocal Compensation Minutes of retail bills.
Use (MOU)BI-3B - Reciprocal Compensation (MOU) -
95%
Availability:Notes:
Available
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 82
BI-4 - Billing Completeness
Purpose:
. UNEs and Resale - Evaluates the completeness with which Owest reflects non-recurring and
recurring charges associated with completed service orders on the bills.
Reciprocal Compensation Minutes of Use (MOU) - Evaluates the completeness with which Owest
reflects the revenue for Local Minutes of Use associated with CLEC local traffic over Owest's
network on the bills.
Description:
BI-4A - UNEs and Resale: Measures the percentage of non-recurring and recurring charges
associated with completed service orders appear on the correct bill.*
BI-4B - Reciprocal Compensation (MOU): Measures the percentage of revenue associated with local
minutes of use appearing on the correct (current) bill.
* Correct bill = next available bill
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent
Reporting Comparisons: CLEC aggregate
individual CLECs , and Owest Retail results
Formula:
BI-4A - UNEs and Resale = (2:(Count of service orders with non-recurring and recurring charges
associated with completed service orders on the bills that are billed on the correct bill + total
count of service orders with non-recurring and recurring charges associated with completed
service orders billed on the bill)) x 100
Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide level.
BI-4B - Reciprocal Compensation MOU = (2:(Revenue for Local Minutes of Use billed on the correct*
bill + Total revenue for Local Minutes of Use collected during the month)) x 100
Exclusions: None
Product Reporting:
. UNEs and Resale
Reciprocal Compensation (MOU)
Standards:
8~ 4A - UNEs and Resale: Parity with Owest
Retail bills.
8~ 48 - Reciprocal Compensation (MOU): 95%
Notes:Availability:
Available
Owest Idaho SGA T Third Revision , Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 83
Database Updates
DB-1 - Time to Update Databases
Purpose:
Evaluates the time required for updates to the databases of E911 , LlDB, and Directory Builder.
Description:
Measures the average time required to update the databases of E911 , LlDB, and Directory,
Builder.
Includes all database updates as specified under Disaggregation Reporting completed during
the reporting period.
For DB-1A the time to update the E911 database is provided by the third party vendor that
performs the update. The elapsed time is captured automatically by the database system. There
are no "individual E911 database update records" provided with which to measure the database
update process.
The numerator of DB-1A is calculated by multiplying the vendor-calculated results (Average
Minutes in Process Time) by the denominator (Count of records Processed). This method
produces a result from the vendor data that is the same as that which would be produced by
totallinQ the update times from individual E911 database update records.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure:
E911 - Hrs: Mins.
LlDB & Directory Listings - Seconds
Disaggregation Reporting:
DB-1A: E911 for Qwest Retail and Reseller
GLEe-State level
DB-1B: LlDB for Qwest Retail , Reseller CLEC
and Facilities Based CLEC - Multi
state region-wide level
DB-1 C-1: Listings for all Provider types including
Qwest Retail, Reseller CLEC, and
Facilities Based CLEC , ILEC and
Unknown Provider, Electronically
Submitted , Electronically Processed-
Sub-region applicable to state
Reporting Comparisons:
DB-1A - E911: Combined results for Qwest Retail
and Reseller CLEC Aggregate;
DB-1 B - LlDB: Combined results for all Qwest
Retail, Reseller CLEC and Facilities Based CLEC
updates;
DB-1 C-1 - Listings: Combined results for all
Provider types including Qwest Retail , Reseller
CLEC, and Facilities Based CLEC , ILEC and
Unknown Provider, Electronically Submitted
Electronically Processed updates. NOTE 1
Formula:
:L((Date and Time of database update for each database update as specified under Disaggregation
Reporting in the reporting period) - (Date and Time of submissions of data for entry into the database
for each database update as specified under Disaggregation Reporting in the reporting period))
-;-
Total
database updates as specified under Disaggregation Reporting completed in the reporting period
Exclusion:
. Invalid start/stop dates/times.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision , Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 84
DB-1 - Time to Update Databases (continued)
Product Reporting:Standards:
Not applicable (Reported by database type)OB-1A-E911: Parity by design
OB-1 B-LlOB: Parity by design
OB-1 G-1 - Listings: Parity by design
Availability:Notes:
Available Because they cannot be separated , results for Owest Retail, Reseller
GLEG, Facilities-based GLEGs, ILEG and Unknown Provider updates
are reported combined within these disaggregations.
Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision , Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15 2004 Page 85
DB-2 - Accurate Database Updates
Purpose:
Evaluates the accuracy of database updates completed without errors in the reporting period.
Description:
Measures the percentage of database updates completed without errors in the reporting period.
Includes all database updates as specified under Disaggregation Reporting completed during the
reporting period.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent
Reporting Comparisons:Disaggregation Reporting:
DB-2C-1 Listings - Combined results for all DB-2C-, Listings for Qwest Retail , Reseller
Qwest Retail , Reseller CLEC and Facilities-CLEC, and Facilities-Based CLEC Electronically
Based CLEC Electronically Submitted Submitted , Electronically Processed updates:
Electronically Processed updates Statewide
Formula:
(Total database updates as specified under Disaggregation Reporting completed without errors in the
reporting period
-+
Total database updates as specified under Disaggregation Reporting completed in
the reporting period) x 100
Exclusions:
Invalid start/stop dates/times.
Product Reporting:Standards:
Not applicable (Reported by database type)DB-2C-1 - Listings: Parity by design NOTE
Availability:Notes:
Available Qwest retail and Reseller CLECs are parity by design. Because
Facilities-based CLEC Electronically Submitted, Electronically
Processed cannot be separated out from Reseller CLECs they are
reported combined within this disaggregation.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 86
Directory Assistance
DA-1 - Speed of Answer - Directory Assistance
Purpose:
Evaluates timeliness of customer access to Qwest's Directory Assistance operators, focusing on how
long it takes for calls to be answered.
Description:
Measures the average time following first ring until a call is first picked up by the Qwest agenUsystem
to answer Directory Assistance calls.
Includes all calls to Qwest directory assistance during the reporting period.
Because a system (electronic voice) prompts for city, state, and listing requested before the actual
operator comes on the line , the first ring is defined as when the voice response unit places the call
into queue.
Measurements are taken by sampling calls from the network queue at 10-second intervals.
count of calls in the queue is taken for every sampling event (1 a-second snapshot), and this count
is multiplied by 10 to get a measurement of waiting intervals.
Using this method , calls that enter the queue after a sample is taken but exit before the next
sample is taken are not counted, Le., are effectively counted as a zero interval. However, this
situation is offset by calls that enter just prior to a sampling time , but exit before the next sampling
time, and which are counted as 10 seconds. The call intervals shorter than 10 seconds that are
counted as 10 seconds are offset by those calls shorter than 10 seconds that are not counted.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Seconds
Reporting Comparisons: Results for Qwest and Disaggregation Reporting:
all CLECs are combined.Sub-region applicable to state
Formula:
L((Date and Time of Call Answer) - (Date and Time of First Ring)) + (Total Calls Answered by Center)
Exclusions: Abandoned Calls are not included in the total number of calls answered by the center.
Product Reporting: None Standard: Parity by design
Availability:Notes:
Available
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 87
Operator Services
OS-1 - Speed of Answer - Operator Services
Purpose:
Evaluates timeliness of customer access to Qwest's operators , focusing on how long it takes for calls
to be answered.
Description:
Measures the time following first ring until a call is answered by the Qwest agent.
Includes all calls to Qwest's operator services during the reporting period , subject to exclusions
specified below.
Measurements are taken by sampling calls from the network queue at a-second intervals. A
count of calls in the queue is taken for every sampling event (1 a-second snapshot), and this count
is multiplied by 1 a to get a measurement of waiting intervals.
Using this method , calls that enter th~ queue after a sample is taken but exit before the next
sample is taken are not counted , i.e., are effectively counted as a zero interval.However, this
situation is offset by calls that enter just prior to a sampling time, but exit before the next sampling
time, and which are counted as 1 a seconds. The call intervals shorter than 1 a seconds that are
counted as 1 a seconds are offset by those calls shorter than 1 a seconds that are not counted.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Seconds
Reporting Comparisons: Qwest and all CLECs Disaggregation Reporting:
are aggregated in a single measure.Sub-region applicable to state
Formula:
:E((Date and Time of Call Answer) - (Date and Time of First Ring)) + (Total Calls Answered by Center)
Exclusions: Abandoned Calls are not included in the total number of ca.lls answered by the center.
Product Reporting: None Standard:Parity by design
Availability:Notes:
Available
"""- '
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third.Revision, Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 88
Network Performance
NI-1 - Trunk Blocking
Purpose:
Evaluates factors affecting completion of calls from Qwest end offices to CLEC end offices, compared with
the completion of calls from Qwest end offices to other Qwest end offices, focusing on average busy-hour
blockin ercenta es in interconnection or interoffice final trunks. Description:
Measures the percentage of trunks blocking in interconnection and interoffice final trunks.
Includes blocking percentages on all direct final and alternate final interconnection and interoffice trunk
rou s that are in service durin the re ortin eriod , sub.ect to exclusions s ecified below.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent Blockage
Reporting Comparisons:
CLEC aggregate
individual CLEC, and
Qwest Interoffice trunk
blocking results.
Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide level.
Reports the percentage of trunks blocking in interconnection final trunks
reported by:
N~ 1A Interconnection (LIS) trunks to Qwest tandem offices, with TGSR-
related exclusions applied as specified below;
N~ 1 B LIS trunks to Qwest end offices , with TGSR-related exclusions
applied as specified below;
N~ 1 C LIS trunks to Qwest tandem offices , without TGSR-related
exclusions;
N~ 10 LIS trunks to other Qwest end offices , without TGSR-relatedexclusions.
Formula:
U2:(Blockage in Final Trunk Group of Specified Type )x(Number of Circuits in Trunk Group)) + (Total Number
of Final Trunk Circuits in all Final Trunk Groups n x 100
Explanation: Actual average percentage of trunk blockage is calculated by dividing the equivalent average
number of trunk circuits blocking by the total number of trunk circuits in final trunks of the type being
measured.
Exclusions:
For NI-1A and NI-1 B onl
Trunk groups, blocking in excess of one percent in the reporting period, for which:
A Trunk Group Service Request (TGSR) NOTES 1& 2 has been issued in the reporting period; or
CLECs do not submit, within 20 calendar days of receiving a TGSR:a) Responsive ASRs (or have ASRs pending that are delayed for CLEC reasons NOTE 3
b) Trouble Reports; orc) Notification of traffic re-routing (as described in Note 1 below).
For NI-NI-NI-and NI-1D:
Trunk groups , blocking in excess of one percent in the reporting period, for which Qwest can identify, in
time to incorporate in the regular reporting of this measurement, the cause as being attributable to:
Trunk group out-of-service conditions arising from cable cuts, severe weather, or force majeure
circumstances;
The CLEC placing trunks in a "busy" condition;
Lack of interconnection facilities to fulfill LIS requests for which the CLEC did not provide a timely
forecast to Qwest. (This portion of the exclusion is limited to being applied in (a) the month the LIS
requests could not be fulfilled , due to lack of facilities, and (b) each month thereafter up to the month
following facility availability OR to five months after the month the LIS requests could not be
fulfilled , whichever is sooner NOT 4); or
Isolated incidences of blocking, about which Qwest provides notification to the CLEC, that (a) are
not recurring or persistent (affecting the same trunk groups), (b) do not warrant corrective action by
CLEC or Qwest, and (c) thus, do not require an actionable TGSR.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision , Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 89
NI-1 - Trunk Blockin Continued
Trunk groups recently activated that have not been in service for a full "20-high-day, busy hour" review
period.
Toll trunks, non-final trunks, and trunks that are not connected to the public switched network.
. One-way trunks originating at CLEC end offices.
. Qwest official services trunks, local interoffice operator and directory assistance trunks, and local
interoffice 911/E911 trunks.
Records with invalid product codes.
Records missin data essential to the calculation of the measurement er the PIO.
Product Reporting: , Standards:LIS Trunks Where NI-1A::::; 1%:
Where NI-1A;:. 1%:
Where NI-1B::::; 1%:
Where NI-1B;:. 1%:
N~ 1C and NI-10:
Availability:
Available
1 %
Parity with Qwest Interoffice Trunks to tandems
1 %
Parity with Qwest Interoffice Trunks to end offices
Oia nostic NOTE 5
Notes:
1. Qwest uses TGSRs to notify CLECs when trunk blocking exceeds standard thresholds or is
determined to be persistent. To respond properly to TGSRs, a CLEC must (a) submit
within 20 days ASRs to provide necessary trunk augmentations to avoid further blocking,
(b) notify Qwest within 20 days that it is initiating a Trouble Report where Qwest traffic
routing problems are causing the blocking referenced by the TGSR, or (c) notify Qwest that
the CLEC will undertake its own re-routing of traffic within 20 days to alleviate the blocking.
2. The TGSR-related exclusion is applied in the month in which the TGSR is issued and in
the month in which the above-specified 20-day response period ends. Thus , any trunk
group excluded in one month will not be excluded in the next month , unless there is (a) a
20-day period following a TGSR ends in that month, (b) there is another TGSR applicable
to the next month for the same trunk group or (c) an exception documented , in lieu of
issuing a subsequent TGSR, where the CLEC's response to the previous TGSR indicated
that, for its own reasons, it plans to take no action at any time to augment the trunk group.
3. CLEC delays are reflected by GLEe-initiated order supplements that move the due date
later.
a) Qwest-initiated due date delays , including supplements made pursuant to Qwest
requests to delay due dates, shall not be counted as CLEC delays in this
measurement.
b) Qwest-initiated due date changes to earlier dates that the CLEC does not meet shall
not be counted as a CLEC delay in this measurement unless the earlier dates were
mutually agreed-upon.
c) CLEC delays (e.
, "
customer not ready" in advance of a due date) that do not
contribute to a Qwest-established due date being missed shall not be counted as a
CLEC delay in this measurement.
4. The limitation on part (3) of this exclusion is intended to bound its applicability to a period
of time that treats the unforecasted ASR as if it were, in effect, the first forecast for the
facilities needed.
a) Given that forecast advance intervals are currently six months, this provision allows the
exclusion to apply for no longer than that period of time.
b) Nevertheless, this limitation to the exclusion also recognizes that facilities may become
available sooner and, if so, reduces the limitation accordingly. In that context, this
limitation recognizes that, absent a CLEC forecast, Qwest still retains a responsibility to
provide facilities for the ASR, although in a longer timeframe than for ASRs covered by
forecasts. NI-1 C and NI-1 0 will be reported for information purposes only, with no
standard to be applied.
c) This limitation may change depending on the outcome of separate workshops dealing
with issues of interconnection forecasting.
5. N~ 1C and NI-1 0 will be reported for information purposes only, with no standard to be
lied.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 90
NP-1 - NXX Code Activation
Purpose:
Evaluates the timeliness of Qwest's NXX code activation prior to the LERG effective date or by the
revIsed" effective date, as set forth herein.
Description:
NP-1A: Measures the percentage ofNXX codes activated in the reporting period that are actually
loaded and tested prior to the LERG effective date or the "revised" date, subject to exclusions
shown below.
NP-1 B: Measures the percentage of NXX codes activated in the reporting period that are delayed
beyond the LERG date or "revised" date due to Qwest-caus~d Interconnection facility delays
subject to exclusions shown below. Included among activations counted as a Qwest delay in
this sub-measurement are cases in which "6 codes" NOTE 1 associated with the Qwest
interconnection facilities are provided late by Qwest to the GLEG.
Qwest must receive complete and accurate routing information required for code activation, which
Includes but is not limited to "6 codes" for all interconnection trunk groups associated with the
activation no less than 25 days prior to the LERG Due Date or Revised Due Date.
. The "revised" date, for purposes of this measurement, is a GLEG-initiated renegotiation of the
activation effective date that is no less than 25 days after Qwest receives complete and accurate
routing information required for code activation, which includes but is not limited to "6 codes" for
all interconnection trunk groups asso~iated with the activation.
. The NXX code activation notice is provided by the LERG (Local Exchange Routing Guide) to
Qwest.
. NXX code activation is defined as complete when all translations associated with the new NXX are
complete by 11 :59 p.m. of the day prior to the date identified in the LERG or the "revised" date (if
different than the LERG date).
The NXX cod~ activation completion process includes testing, including calls to the test number
when provided.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent
Reporting Comparisons: GLEG aggregate
individual GLEG and Qwest Retail results.
Formula:
NP-1A = ((Number of NXX codes loaded and tested in the reporting period prior to the LERG effective
date or the "revised" date)
-;-
(Number of NXX codes loaded and tested in the reporting
period)) x 100
Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide.
NP-1 B = ((Number of NXX codes loaded and tested in the reporting period that were delayed past the
LERG effective date or "revised" date affected by Qwest Interconnection Facility Delays)-;-
(Number of NXX codes loaded and tested in the reporting period , including NXX codes
loaded and tested in the reporting period that were delayed past the LERG effective date or
the "revised" date due to Interconnection Facility Delays)) x 100
Exclusions:
NP-1A:
NXX code activations completed after the LERG date or "revised" date due to delays in the
installation of Qwest provided interconnection facilities associated with the activations. NOTE 2
NP-1A and NP-1 B:
NXX codes with LERG dates or "revised" dates resulting in loading intervals shorter than
industry standard (currently 45 calendar days).
NXX codes where QWEST received complete and accurate routing information required for
code activations less than 25 days prior to the LERG due date or Revised due date.
Qwest Idaho SGA T Third Revision, Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 91
NP-1 - NXX Code Activation (continued)
Product Reporting: None
Availability:
Available
Standards:
NP-1A: Parity
NP-1 B: Diagnostic
Notes:1. "6 codes" are industry-standard
designators for local interconnection trunk
groups, consisting of 2 alpha letters and six
numeric digits.
2. Only Owest-provided interconnection facilities
are noted in this exclusion , because delays
related to facilities provided by GLEGs or
others are accounted for by revising the due
date.
Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 92
Collocation
CP-1 - Collocation Completion Interval
Purpose:
Evaluates the timeliness of Owest's installation of collocation arrangements for CLECs, focusing on the
average time to complete such arrangements.Description:
Measures the interval between the Collocation Application Date and Owest's completion of the
collocation installation.
Includes all collocations of types specified herein that are assigned a Ready for Service (RFS) date
by Owest and completed during the reporting period, subject to exclusions specified below.
Collocation types included are: physical cageless, rhysical caged, shared physical caged , physical-
line sharing, cage less-line sharing, and virtual. NOT
. The Collocation Application Date is the date Owest receives from the CLEC a complete and valid
application for collocation. In cases where the CLEC's collocation application is received by Owest
on a weekend or holiday, the Collocation Application Date is the next business day following the
weekend or holiday.
Major Infrastructure Modifications include conditioning the collocation space, obtaining permits , and
installing DC power plant, standby generators, heating, venting or air conditioning equipment.
Completion of the collocation installation is the date on which the requested collocation arrangement
is "Ready For Service as defined in the Definition of Terms section herein.
Establishment of RFS Dates: RFS dates are established according to intervals specified in
interconnection agreements. Where an interconnection agreement does not specify intervals, or
where the CLEC requests, RFS dates are established as follows:
Collocation Applications with Timely Quote Acceptance and, for Virtual Collocations, also
with Timely Equipment Ready - for collocation applications where the CLEC accepts the quote
in seven or fewer calendar days after the quote date and , for virtual collocations, where the CLEC
provides the equipment to be collocated to Owest 53 calendar days or less after the Collocation
Application Date , the RFS date shall be:
Forecasted Collocations 90 calendar days after the Collocation Application Date for
collocations for which the CLEC provides a complete forecast to Owest 60 or more calendar
days in advance of the Collocation Application Date.
Unforecasted Collocations 120 calendar days after the Collocation Application Date for
collocations for which the CLEC does not provide a forecast to Owest 60 or more calendar
days in advance of the Collocation Application Date.
Collocation Applications with Late Quote Acceptance and, for Virtual Collocations, also
with Timely Equipment Ready - for collocation applications where the CLEC accepts the quote
in eight or more calendar days after the quote date and, for virtual collocations , where the CLEC
provides the equipment to be collocated to Owest 53 calendar days or less after the Collocation
Application Date , the RFS date shall be:
Forecasted Collocations 90 calendar days after the quote acceptance date for collocations
for which the CLEC provides a complete forecast to Owest 60 or more calendar days in
advance of the Collocation Application Date.
Unforecasted Collocations 120 calendar days after the quote acceptance date for
collocations for which the CLEC does not provide a forecast to Owest 60 or more calendar
days in advance of the Collocation Application Date.
Virtual Collocation Applications with Timely Quote Acceptance and Late Equipment Ready
- for virtual collocation applications where the CLEC (1) accepts the quote in seven or fewer
calendar days after the quote date and (2) provides the equipment to be collocated to Owest
more than 53 calendar days after the Collocation Application Date, the RFS date shall be:
Forecasted Collocations 45 calendar days after the equipment is provided to Owest, for
collocations for which the CLEC provides a complete forecast to Owest 60 or more calendardays in advance of the Collocation Application Date.
Unforecasted Collocations: 75 calendar days after the equipment is provided to Owest, for
Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 93
CP-1 - Collocation Completion Interval (continued)
collocations for which the CLEC does not provide a forecast to Qwest 60 or more calendar
days in advance of the Collocation Application Date.
Virtual Collocation Applications with Late Quote Acceptance and Late Equipment Ready -
for virtual collocation applications where the CLEC (1) accepts the quote in eight or more
calendar days after the quote date and (2) provides the equipment to be collocated to Qwest
more than 53 calendar days after the Collocation Application Date , the RFS date shall be:
Forecasted Collocations: 45 calendar days after the equipment is provided to Qwest, for
collocations for which the CLEC provides a complete forecast to Qwest 60 or more calendar
days in advance of the Collocation Application Date.
Unforecasted Collocations: 75 calendar days after the equipment is provided to Qwest, for
collocations for which the CLEC does not provide a forecast to Qwest 60 or more calendar
days in advance of the Collocation Application Date.
All Collocations sical virtual forecasted or unforecas uirin i.Q!:
Infrastructure Modifications: the later of (1) up to 150 calendar days (as specified in the quote)
after the Collocation Application Date, or (2) for virtual collocations, 45 days following the date
equipment to be collocated is provided to Qwest for collocations in which Major Infrastructure
Modifications are required. Qwest will provide to the CLEC, as part of the quotation, the need for
and the duration of, such extended intervals.
When a CLEC submits six (6) or more Collocation applications in a one-week period in any state,
completion intervals will be individually negotiated. These collocation arrangements will be
included in CP-1 A
, -
1 B, or -1 C according to the interval criteria specified below for these
measurements.
Where there is a GLEe-caused delay, the RFS Date is rescheduled
. RFS dates may be extended beyond the above intervals for CLEC reasons, or for reasons beyond
Qwest's control , but not for Qwest reasons.
. Where CLECs do not accept the quote within thirty days of the quote date, the application is
considered expired.
CP-1 A Measures collocation installations for which the scheduled interval from Collocation
Application Date to RFS date is 90 calendar days or less.
CP-1 B Measures collocation installations for which the scheduled interval from Collocation
Application Date to RFS date is 91 to 120 calendar days.
CP-Measures collocation installations for which the scheduled interval from Collocation
Application Date to RFS date is 121 to 150 calendar days.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Calendar Days
Reporting Comparisons: CLEC aggregate and
individual CLEC results
Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide.
Formula: (for CP-, CP-Band CP-1 C)
~((Collocation Completion Date) - (Complete Application Date)) + (Total Number of Collocations
Completed in Reporting Period)
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision , Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 94
CP-1 - Collocation Completion Interval (continued)
Exclusions:
. CP-1A: CLEC collocation applications with RFS dates yielding scheduled intervals longer than 90
calendar days from Collocation Application Date to RFS date.
. CP-1 B: CLEC collocation applications with RFS dates yielding scheduled intervals shorter than
calendar days or longer than 120 calendar days from Collocation Application Date to RFS date.
. CP-1C: CLEC collocation applications with RFS dates yielding scheduled intervals shorter than 121
calendar days or longer than 150 calendar days from Collocation Application Date to RFS date.
Cancelled or ex ired a
Product Reporting: None
lications.
Standards:
CP-1 A: 90 calendar days
CP-1B: 120 calendar days
CP-1 C: 150 calendar da s
Availability:
Available
Notes:
1. Collocations covered by this measurement are central office related. As
additional types of central office collocation are defined and offered, they
will be included in this measurement. Non-central office-based types of
collocation (such as remote collocation and field connection points) will be
considered for either inclusion in this measurement, or in new, separate
measurements , after the terms, conditions, and processes for such
collocation types become finalized , accepted , mature (Le., six months of
experience from first installations), and ordered in volumes warranting
re ortin Le., consistentl more than two er month in an state.
awest Idaho SGA T Third Revision , Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 95
CP-2 - Collocations Completed within Scheduled Intervals
Purpose:
Evaluates the extent to which Qwest completes collocation arrangements for CLECs within the standard
intervals or intervals established in interconnection agreements.
Description:
Measures the percentage of collocation applications that are completed within standard intervals , includingintervals set forth in interconnection agreements.
Includes all collocations of types specified herein that are assigned a Ready for Service Date RFS date
Qwest and that are completed within the reporting period , including those with GLEe-requested RFS dates
longer than the standard interval and those with extended RFS dates negotiated with the CLEC (including
supplemented collocation orders that extend the RFS date) subject to exclusions specified below.
Collocation types included are: physical ca~eless, physical caged , shared physical caged , physical-line
sharing, cageless-line sharing, and virtual. aTE 1
. The Collocation Application Date is the date Qwest receives from the CLEC a complete and valid
application for collocation. In cases where the CLEC's collocation application is received by Qwest on a
weekend or holiday, the Collocation Application Date is the next business day following the weekend or
holiday.
Major Infrastructure Modifications are defined as conditioning the collocation space, obtaining permits, and
installing DC power plant, standby generators, heating, venting or air conditioning equipment.
. A collocation arrangement is counted as met under this measurement if its RFS date is met.
Establishment of RFS Dates: RFS dates are established as follows, except where interconnection
agreements require different intervals, in which case the intervals specified in the interconnection
agreements apply:
Collocation Applications with Timely Quote Acceptance and, for Virtual Collocations, also with
Timely Equipment Ready - for collocation applications where the CLEC accepts the quote in seven
or fewer calendar days after the quote date and, for virtual collocations, where the CLEC provides the
equipment to be collocated to Qwest 53 calendar days or less after the Collocation Application Date
the RFS date shall be:
Forecasted Collocations: 90 calendar days after the Collocation Application Date for physical
collocations for which the CLEC provides a complete forecast to Qwest 60 or more calendar days
in advance of the Collocation Application Date.
Unforecasted Collocations: 120 calendar days after the Collocation Application Date for physical
collocations for which the CLEC does not provide a forecast to Qwest 60 or more calendar days in
advance of the Collocation Application Date.
Collocation Applications with late Quote Acceptance and, for Virtual Collocations , also with
Timely Equipment Ready - for collocation applications where the CLEC accepts the quote in eight or
more calendar days after the quote date and , for virtual collocations , where the CLEC provides the
equipment to be collocated to Qwest 53 calendar days or less after the Collocation Application Date
the RFS date shall be:
Forecasted Collocations: 90 calendar days after the quote acceptance date for collocations for
which the CLEC provides a complete forecast to Qwest 60 or more calendar days in advance of the
Collocation Application Date.
Unforecasted Collocations: 120 calend~u days after the quote acceptance date for collocations
for which the CLEC does not provide a forecast to Qwest 60 or more calendar days in advance of
the Collocation Application Date.
Virtual Collocation Applications with Timely Quote Acceptance and late Equipment Ready - for
virtual collocation applications where the CLEC (1) accepts the quote in seven or fewer cah:mdar days
after the quote date and (2) provides the equipment to be collocated to Qwest more than 53 calendar
days after the Collocation Application Date, the RFS date shall be:
Forecasted Collocations : 45 calendar days after the equipment is provided to Qwest, for
collocations for which the CLEC provides a complete forecast to Qwest 60 or more calendar days
in advance of the Collocation Application Date.
Unforecasted Collocations: 75 calendar days after the equipment is provided to Qwest, for
collocations for which the CLEC does not provide a forecast to Qwest 60 or more calendar days in
advance of the Collocation Application Date.
Virtual Collocation Applications with late Quote Acceptance and late Equipment Ready - for
Qwest Idaho SGA T Third Revision , Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 96
CP-2 - Collocations Completed within Scheduled Intervals (continued)
virtual collocation applications where the CLEC (1) accepts the quote in eight or more calendar days
after the quote date and (2) provides the equipment to be collocated to Qwest more than 53 calendar
days after the Collocation Application Date, the RFS date shall be:
Forecasted Collocations: 45 calendar days after the equipment is provided to Qwest, for
collocations for which the CLEC provides a complete forecast to Qwest 60 or more calendar days
in advance of the Collocation Application Date.
Unforecasted Collocations: 75 calendar days after the equipment is provided to Qwest, for
collocations for which the CLEC does not provide a forecast to Qwest 60 or more calendar days in
advance of the Collocation Application Date.
All Collocations sical virtual forecasted or unforecasted uirin or Infrastructure
Modifications: the later of (1) up to 150 calendar days (as specified in the quote) after the Collocation
Application Date, or (2) for virtual collocations, 45 calendar days following the date equipment to be
collocated is provided to Qwest for collocations in which Major Infrastructure Modifications are
required. Qwest will provide to the CLEC , as part of the quotation, the need for, and the duration of
such extended intervals.
. When a CLEC submits six (6) or more Collocation applications in a one-week period in any state
completion intervals will be individually negotiated. These collocation arrangements will be included in
CP-
, -
, or -2C according to the criteria specified below for these measurements.
. Where there is a GLEe-caused delay, the RFS Date is rescheduled.
. Where CLECs do not accept the quote within thirty calendar days of the quote date, the application is
considered expired.
CP-Forecasted Collocations: Measures collocation installations for which CLEC provides a forecast
to Qwest 60 or more calendar days in advance of the Collocation Application Date.
CP-Non-Forecasted and Late Forecasted Collocations: Measures collocation installations for
which CLEC does not provide a forecast to Qwest 60 or more calendar days in advance of the
Collocation Application Date.
CP-All Collocations requiring Major Infrastructure Modifications and Collocations with
intervals longer than 120 days: Measures all collocation installations requiring Major
Infrastructure Modifications and collocations for which the RFS date is more than 120 calendar
days after the Collocation Application Date.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent
Reporting Comparisons: CLEC aggregate and
individual CLEC results
Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide level.
Formula: (for CP-, CP-2B and CP-2C)
((Count of Collocations for which the RFS is met) 7 (Total Number of Collocations Completed in the Reporting
Period)) x 100
Exclusions:
. RFS dates missed for reasons beyond Qwest's control.
Cancelled or expired requests.
Product Reporting: None Standards:
CP-2A & -2B: 90%
CP-2C: 90%
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 97
CP-2 - Collocations Completed within Scheduled Intervals (continued)
Availability:
Available
Notes:1. Collocations covered by this measurement are central office related. As
additional types of central office collocation are defined and offered, they will
be included in this measurement. Non-central office-based types of
collocation (such as remote collocation and field connection points) will be
considered for either inclusion in this measurement, or in new, separate
measurements, after the terms, conditions, and processes for such
collocation types become finalized, accepted, mature (Le., six months of
experience from first installations), and ordered in volumes warranting
re ortin Le., consistentl more than two er month in an state.
Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision , Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 98
CP-3 - Collocation Feasibility Study Interval
Purpose:
Evaluates the timeliness of the Qwest sub-process function of providing a collocation feasibility study
to the CLEC.
Description:
Measures average interval to respond to collocation studies for feasibility of installation.
Includes feasibility studies, for collocations of types specified herein that are completed in the
reporting period, subject to exclusions specified below. Collocation types included are: physical
cageless, ~hysical caged, shared physical caged, physical-line sharing, cageless-line sharing, and
virtual. NOT
Interval begins with the Collocation Application Date and ends with the date Qwest completes the
Feasibility Study and provides it to the CLEC.
. The Collocation Application Date is the date Qwest receives from the CLEC a complete
application for collocation. In cases where the CLEC's application for collocation is received by
Qwest on a weekend or holiday, the Collocation Application Date is the next business da
foliowinQ the weekend or holiday.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Calendar Days
Reporting Comparisons: CLEC aggregate and
individual CLEC results
Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide level.
Formula:
L((Date Feasibility Study provided to CLEC) - (Date Qwest receives CLEC request for Feasibility
Study))
..;-
(Total Feasibility Studies Completed in the Reporting Period)
Exclusions:
GLEe-caused delays of, or CLEC requests for feasibility study completions resulting in greater
than ten calendar days from Collocation Application Date to scheduled feasibility study completion
date.
Product Reporting: None Standard:10 calendar days or less
Availability:
Available
Notes:1. Collocations covered by this measurement are central office related.
As additional types of central office collocation are defined and
offered, they will be included in this measurement. Non-central
office-based types of collocation (such as remote collocation and
field connection points) will be considered for either inclusion in this
measurement, or in new, separate measurements, after the terms,
conditions, and processes for such collocation types become
finalized, accepted, mature (Le., six months of experience from first
installations), and ordered in volumes warranting reporting (Le.
consistently more than two per month in any state).
Qwest Idaho SGA T Third Revision, Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 99
CP-4 - Collocation Feasibility Study Commitments Met
Purpose:
Evaluates the degree that Qwest completes the sub-process function of providing a collocation
feasibility study to the CLEC as committed.
Description:
Measures the percentage of collocation feasibility studies for installations that are completed within the
Scheduled Interval
The Scheduled Interval is ten calendar days from the Collocation Application Date or, if
interconnection agreements call for different intervals, within intervals specified in the agreements
or if otherwise delayed by the CLEC, the interval resulting from the delay.
Includes all feasibility studies for collocations of types specified herein , that are completed in the
reporting period. Collocation types included are: physical cageless, physical caged , shared
physical caged , physical-line sharing, cageless-line sharing, and virtual. NOTE 1
Considers the interval from the Collocation Application Date to the date Qwest completes the
Feasibility Study and provides it to the CLEC.
. The Collocation Application Date is the date Qwest receives from the CLEC a complete
application for collocation. In cases where the CLEC's application for collocation is received by
Qwest on a weekend or holiday, the Collocation Application Date is the next business da
following the weekend or holiday.
Subject to superceding terms in the CLEC's interconnection agreement, when a CLEC submits six
(6) or more Collocation applications in a one-week period in any state, feasibility study intervals
will be individually negotiated and the resulting intervals used instead of ten calendar days in this
measurement.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent
Reporting Comparisons: CLEC aggregate
and individual CLEC resuits
Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide level.
Formula:
((Total Applicable Collocation Feasibility studies completed within Scheduled Intervals) + (Total
applicable Collocation Feasibility studies completed in the reporting period)) x 100
Exclusions: None
Product Reporting: None Standard:90 percent or more
Availability:
Available
Notes:1. Collocations covered by this measurement are central office
related. As additional types of central office collocation are
defined and offered, they will be included in this measurement.
Non-central office-based types of collocation (such as remote
collocation and field connection points) will be considered for
either inclusion in this measurement, or in new, separate
measurements, after the terms , conditions, and processes for
such collocation types become finalized, accepted , mature (Le.
six months of experience from first installations), and ordered in
volumes warranting reporting (Le., consistently more than two
per month in any state).
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 100
DEFINITION OF TERMS
Application Date (and Time) - The date (and time) on which Owest receives from the CLEC a
complete and accurate local service request (LSR) or access service request (ASR) or retail order
subject to the following:
For the following types of requests/orders , the application date (and time) is the start of the next
business day:
(1) LSRs and ASRs received after 3:00PM MT for Designed Services and Local Number
Portability (except non-designed , flow-through LNP).
(2) Retail orders received after 3:00 PM local time for Designed Services.
(3) LSRs received after 7:00PM MT for POTS Resale (Residence and Business), Non-Design
Resale Centrex, non-designed UNE-, Unbundled Loops , and non-designed, flow-throughLNP.
(4) Retail orders for comparable non-designed services cannot be received after closing time, so
the cutoff time is essentially the business office closing time.
For all types of orders that are received from Friday at 7:00 PM MT through Sunday, or on
holidays, and do not flow through, the application date (and time) is the next, non-weekend
business day.
Automatic Location Information (All) - The feature of E911 that displays at the Public Safety
Answering Point (PSAP) the street address of the calling telephone number. This feature requires a
data storage and retrieval system for translating telephone numbers to the associated address. All
may include Emergency Service Number (ESN), street address, room or floor, and names of the
enforcement, fire and medical agencies with jurisdictional responsibility for the address. The
Management System (E911) database is used to update the Automatic E911 Location Information
databases.
Bill Date - The date shown at the top of the bill , representing the date on which Owest begins to
close the bill.
Blocking - Condition on a telecommunications network where, due to a maintenance problem or an
traffic volumes exceeding trunking capacity in a part of the network, some or all originating or
terminating calls cannot reach their final destinations. Depending on the condition and the part of the
network affected , the network may make subsequent attempts to complete the call or the call may be
completely blocked. If the call is completely blocked, the calling party will have to re-initiate the call
attempt.
Business Day - Workdays that Owest is normally open for business. Business Day = Monday
through Friday, excluding weekends and Owest published Holidays including New Year s Day,
Memorial Day, July 4 , Labor Day, Thanksgiving and Christmas. Individual measurement definitions
may modify (typically expanding) this definition as describedin the Notes section of the measurement
definition.
Cleared Trouble Report - A trouble report for which the trouble has been cleared , meaning the
customer is "back in service
Closed Trouble Report - A trouble report that has been closed out from a maintenance center
perspective meaning the ticket is closed in the trouble reporting system following repair of the
trouble.
Code Activation (Opening) -, Process by which new NPA/NXXs (area code/prefix) is defined
through software translations to network databases and switches, in telephone networks. Code
activation (openings) allow for new groups of telephone numbers (usually in blocks of 10 000) to be
made available for assignment to an ILEC's or CLEC's customers, and for calls to those numbers to
be passed between carriers.
Common Channel Signaling System 7 (CCSS7) - A network architecture used to for the exchange
of signaling information between telecommunications nodes and networks on an out-of-band basis.
Information exchanged provides for call set-up and supports services and features such as CLASS
and database query and response.
Common Transport - Trunk groups between tandem and end office switches that are shared by
more than one carrier, often including the traffic of both the ILEC and several CLECs.
Completion - The time in the order process when the service has been provisioned and service is
available.
Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision , Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 101
DEFINITION OF TERMS (continued)
Completion Notice - A notification the ILEC provides to the CLEC to inform the CLEC that therequested service order activity is complete.
Coordinated Customer Conversion -- Orders that have a due date negotiated between the ILEC
the CLEC , and the customer so that work activities can be performed on a coordinated basis under
the direction of the receiving carrier.
Customer Requested Due Date - A specific due date requested by the customer which is either
shorter or longer than the standard interval or the interval offered by the ILEC.
Customer Trouble Reports - A report that the carrier providing the underlying service opens when
notified that a customer has a problem with their service. Once resolved, the disposition of the
trouble is changed to closed.
Dedicated Transport - A network facility reserved to the exclusive use of a single customer, carrier
or pair of carriers used to exchange switched or special, local exchange, or exchange access traffic.
Delayed Order - An order which has been completed after the scheduled due date and/or time.
Directory Assistance Database - A database that contains subscriber records used to provide live
or automated operator-assisted directory assistance. Including 411 555-1212, NPA-555-1212.
Directory Listings - Subscriber information used for DA and/or telephone directory publishing,
including name and telephone number, and optionally, the customer s address.
DS-O - Digital Service Level O. Service provided at a digital signal speed commonly at 64 kbps, but
occasionally at 56 kbps.
DS~1 - Digital Service Level 1. Service provided at a digital signal speed of 1.544 Mbps.
DS-3 - Digital Service Level 3. Service provided at a digital signal speed of 44.736 Mbps.
Due Date - The date provided on the Firm Order Confirmation (FOC) the ILEC sends the CLEC
identifying the planned completion date for the order.
End Office Switch - A switch from which an end users' exchange services are directly connected
and offered.
Final Trunk Groups - Interconnection and interoffice trunk groups that do not overflow traffic to
other trunk groups when busy.
Firm Order Confirmation (FOC) - Notice the ILEC sends to the CLEC to notify the CLEC that it has
received the CLECs service request, created a service order, and assigned it a due date.
Flow-Through -The term used to describe whether a LSR electronically is passed from the OSS
interface system to the ILEC legacy system to automatically create a service order. LSRs that do not
flow through require manual intervention for the service order to be created in the ILEC legacysystem.
Interval Zone 1/Zone 2 - Interval Zone 1 areas are wire centers for which Owest specifies shorter
standard service intervals than for Interval Zone 2 areas.
Installation - The activity performed to activate a service.
Installation Troubles - A trouble, which is identified after service order activity and installation , has
completed on a customer s line. It is likely attributable to the service activity (within a defined timeperiod).
Interconnection Trunks - A network facility that is used to interconnect two switches generally of
different local exchange carriers
Inward Activity - Refers to all orders for new or additional lines/circuits. For change order types
additional lines/circuits consist of all C orders with "I" and "T" action coded line/circuit USOCs that
represent new or additional lines/circuits, including conversions from retail to CLEC and CLEC to
CLEC.
Jeopardy - A condition experienced in the service provisioning process which results potentially in
the inability of a carrier to meet the committed due date on a service order
Jeopardy Notice - The actual notice that the ILEC sends to the CLEC when a jeopardy has been
identified.
lack of Facilities - A shortage of cable facilities identified after a due date has been committed to a
customer, including the CLEC. The facilities shortage may be identified during the inventory
assignment process or during the service installation process, and typically triggers a jeopardy.local Exchange Routing Guide (lERG) - A Bellcore master file that is used by the telecom
industry to identify NPA-NXX routing and homing information, as well as network element and
equipment designations. The file also includes scheduled network changes associated with activity
within the North American Numbering Plan (NANP).
local Exchange Traffic - Traffic originated on the network of a LEC in a local calling area that
terminates to another LEC in a local calling area.
Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 102
DEFINITION OF TERMS (continued)
Local Number Portability (formerly defined under Permanent Number Portability and also
known as - Long Term Number Portability) - A. network technology which allows end user
customers to retain their telephone number when moving their service between local service
providers. This technology does not employ remote call forwarding, but actually allows the
customer s telephone number to be moved and redefined in the network of the new service provider.
The activity to move the telephone number is called "porting.
Local Service Request (LSR) - Transaction sent from the CLEC to the ILEC to order services or to
request a change(s) be made to existing services.
MSA/Non-MSA - Metropolitan Statistical Area. is a government defined geographic area with a
population of 50 000 or greater. Non-Metropolitan Statistical Area is a government defined
geographic area with population of less than 50 000. Qwest depicts MSA Non-MSA based on NPA
NXX. Where a wire center is predominantly within an MSA, all lines are counted within the MSA.
Mechanized Bill - A bill that is delivered via electronic transmission.
NXX, NXX Code or Central Office Code - The three digit switch entity indicator that is defined by
the "
, "
, and "F" digits of a 10-digit telephone number within the NANP. Each NXX Code
contains 10 000 station numbers.
Plain Old Telephone Service (POTS) - Refers to basic 2-wire , non-complex analog residential and
business services. Can include feature capabilities (e., CLASS features).
Projects - Service requests that exceed the line size and/or level of complexity which would allow for
the use of standard ordering and provisioning processes. Generally, due dates for projects are
negotiated , coordination of service installations/changes is required and automated provisioning maynot be practical.
Query Types - Pre-ordering information that is available to a CLEC that is categorized according to
standards issued by OBF and/or the FCC.
Ready For Service (RFS) - The status achieved in the installation of a collocation arrangement
when all "operational" work has been completed. Operational work consists of the following as
applicable to the particular type of collocation:
Cage enclosure complete;
. DC power is active (including fuses available, BDFB (Battery Distribution Fuse Board) in place
and cables between the CLEC and power terminated);Primary AC outlet in place;
Cable racking and circuit terminations are complete (e.g. fiber jumpers placed between the
Outside Plant Fiber Distribution Panel and the Central Office Fiber Distribution Panel serving the
CLEC). and
The following items complete , subject to the CLEC having made required payments to Qwest
(e., final payment): (If the required CLEC payments have not been made , the following items
are not required for RFS):
Key turnover made available to CLEC.
APOT/CFA complete, as defined/required in the CLEC's interconnection agreement
and
Basic telephone service and other services and facilities complete, if ordered by CLEC in
time to be provided on the scheduled RFS date (per Qwest's published standard installation
intervals for such telephone service).
Ready for Service Date (RFS date) - The due date assigned to a collocation order (typically
determined by regulatory rulings, contract terms , or negotiations with CLEC) to indicate when
collocation installation is scheduled to be ready for service, as defined above.
Reject - A status that can occur to a CLEC submitted local service request (LSR) when it does not
meet certain criteria. There are two types of rejects: (1) syntax, which occur if required fields are not
included in the LSR; and (2) content, which occur if invalid data is provided in a field. A rejected
service request must be corrected and re-submitted before provisioning can begin.
Repeat Report - Any trouble report that is a second (or greater) report on the same telephone
number/circuit 10 and at the same premises address within 30 days. The original report can be any
category, including excluded reports, and can carry any disposition code.
Service Group Type - The designation used to identify a category of similar services
, .
, UNE
loops.
Service Order - The work order created and distributed in ILECs systems and to ILEC work groups
in response to a complete , valid local service request.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 1 03
DEFINITION OF TERMS (continued)
Service Order Type - The designation used to identify the major types of provisioning activitiesassociated with a local service request.
Standard Interval - The interval that the ILEC publishes as a guideline for establishing due dates for
provisioning a service request. Typically, due dates will not be assigned with intervals shorter than
the standard. These intervals are specified by service type and type of service modification
requested. ILECs publish these standard intervals in documents used by their own service
representatives as well as ordering instructions provided to CLECs in the awest Standard IntervalGuidelines.
Subsequent Reports - A trouble report that is taken in relation to a previously-reported trouble prior
to the date and time the initial report has a status of "closed.
Tandem Switch - Switch used to connect and switch trunk circuits between and among Central
Office switches.
Time to Restore - The time interval from the receipt, by the ILEC, of a trouble report on
customer s service to the time service is fully restored to the customer.
Unbundled Network Element - Platform (UNE-P) - Combinations of network elements, including
both new and conversions, involving POTS (Le., basic services providing dial tone).
Unbundled Loop - The Unbundled Loop is a transmission path between a awest Central Office
Distribution Frame , or equivalent, and the Loop Demarcation Point at an end user premises. Loop
Demarcation Point is defined as the point where awest owned or controlled facilities cease, and'
CLEC, end user, owner or landlord ownership of facilities begins.
Usage Data - Data generated in network nodes to identify switched call data on a detailed or
summarized basis. Usage data is used to create customer invoices for the calls.
awest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 1 04
GLOSSARY OF ACRONYMS
ACRONYM DESCRIPTION
ACD Automatic Call Distributor
ADSL Asymmetric Digital Subscriber Line
All Automatic Line Information (for 911/E911 systems)
ASR Service Request (processed via Exact system)
BRI Basic Rate Interface (type of ISDN service)
CABS Carrier Access Billing System
CKT Circuit
CLEC Competitive Local Exchange Carrier
Central Office
CPE Customer Premises Equipment
CRIS Customer Record Information System
CSR Customer Service Record
Directory Assistance
Decibel
Database
DSO Digital Service 0
DS1 Digital Service
. DS3 Digital Service 3
E911 MS E911 Management System
EAS Extended Area Service
EB-Electronic Bondinq - Trouble Administration
EDI Electronic Data Interchanqe
EELS Enhanced Extended Loops
Emergency Services (for 911/E911)
FOC Firm Order Confirmation
GUI Graphical User Interface
HDSL High-Bit-Rate Digital Subscriber Line
HICAP High Capacity Digital Service
IEC Interexchange Carrier
ILEC Incumbent Local Exchange Carrier
INP Interim Number Portability
IOF Interoffice Facilities (refers to trunk facilities located between
Owest central offices)
ISDN Integrated Services Digital Network
IMA Interconnect Mediated Access
LATA Local Access Transport Area
LERG Local Exchange Routing Guide
LlDB Line Identification Database
LIS Local Interconnection Service Trunks
LNP Long Term Number Portability
LSR Local Service Request
, T Service Order Types - - N (new), T (to or transfer), C
(change)
NANP North American Numbering Plan
NOM Network Data Mover
NPAC Number Portability Administration Center
NXX Telephone number prefix
OBF Ordering and Billing Forum
Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 105
GLOSSARY OF ACRONYMS (continued)
ACRONYM DESCRIPTION
OOS Out of service (type of trouble condition)
OSS Operations Support Systems
PBX Private Branch Exchange
PON Purchase Order Number
POTS Plain Old Telephone Service
PRI Primary Rate Interface (type of ISDN service)
RFS Ready for Service (refers to collocation installations)
SIA SAAFE (Strategic Application Architecture Framework and
Environment)'lnformation Access
SOP Service Order Processor
SOT Service Order Type
SS7 Signaling System 7
STP Signaling Transfer Point
Telephone Number
UDIT Unbundled Dedicated Interoffice Transport
UNE Unbundled Network Element
UNE-Unbundled Network Element - Platform
VRU Voice Response Unit
WFA Work Force Administration
XDSL"(x) Digital Subscriber Line. (The "" prefix refers to DSL
generically. An "" replaced by an "A" refers to Asymmetric
DSL, and by an "H" refers to High-bit-rate DSL.)
Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision , Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 106
APPENDIX
PO-20 Feature Detail Fields
Feature Detail
Resale and UNE-P (POTS and Centrex 21):
CFN
Validate the call forwarding TN
CFNB
Validate the call forwarding TN
CFND
Validate the call forwarding TN
RCYC
FID associated with a call forwarding don t answer USOC that determines how many rings before the call
forwards to the TN provided with the CFN or CFND FIDs.
HLN (HLA Hot Line)
FID associated with the USOC HLA (which is on our USOC list to validate.) The Hot Line feature call
forwards automatically to a pre-programmed number. This TN is provided following the HLN FID. The
data provided in the Feature Detail section on the LSR will be validated against the HLN FID on the
service order to determine whether the FID is present and the TN provided on the LSR with the FID is
correct on the service order.
LINK (HME CALL FORWARDING TO CELLULAR)
FID associated with the USOC HME (which is on our USOC list to validate.) The HME feature call
forwards a call from the land line telephone number to a cellular telephone number. The LINK FID , along
with the PCS telephone number provided in the Feature Detail section on the LSR, will be validated
against the LINK FID on the service order to determine whether the FID is present and the telephone
number provided on the LSR matches the telephone number on the service order.
DES on DID MBB
If the CLEC requests a DID voice mailbox the DID number will follow the FID DES on the LSR in the
Feature Detail section and on the service order. The DES FID along with the DID telephone number
provided in the Feature Detail section on the LSR will be validated against the DES FID on the service
order to determine whether the FID is present and th~ DID telephone number provided on the matches
the telephone number on the service order.
Qwest Idaho SGA T Third Revision, Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 107
APPENDIX A (continued)
TN on Custom Ring USOC (RGG1Aetc.
We currently have 9 custom ring USOCs on our PO-20 USOC list. Along with the custom ring USOC is
the TN FID. The TN FID along with the custom ring telephone number provided in the Feature Detail
section on the LSR will be validated against the TN FID on the service order to determine whether the
FID is present and the custom ring telephone provided on the LSR with the FID is correct on the service
order. (The validation would only apply if the USOC and FID were present in the Feature Detail section of
the LSR.
CAS (If provided on LSR for SEA)
Call Screening Code Assignment is a FID associated with the selective class of call feature (which is on
our USOC list to validate.) Along with the CAS FID is a two-digit number that indicates what type of
screening is being requested. The CAS FID along with a two-digit number is provided in the Feature
Detail section on the LSR. The PO-20 review will validate that the FID is floated on the service order
behind the feature USOC and that the two-digit number matches the two-digit number provided on the
LSR.
WW (if provided on LSR for TFM)
Working With is a FID associated with the transfer mailbox feature (which is on our USOC list to validate.
Along with the WW FID is a ten-digit number that indicates where the voice mailbox is located. The WW
FID along with the ten-digit number is provided in the Feature Detail section on the LSR. The PO-
review will validate that the FID is floated on the service order behind the feature USOC and that the ten-
digit number matches the ten-digit number provided on the LSR.
MBOA (if provided on LSR for VFN)
Mailbox out-dial notification is a FID associated with the message notification feature (which is on our
USOC list to validate.) Along with the MBOA FID is a two-digit alphanumeric combination that indicates
where the notification will be sent (i.e., identifies pager type.) The MBOA FID along with the two-digit
alphanumeric combination is provided in the Feature Detail section on the LSR. The PO-20 review will
validate that the FID is floated on the service order behind the feature USOC and that the two-digit
alphanumeric matches the two-digit alphanumeric provided on the LSR.
DES on VGT (if provided on LSR)
Description is a FID associated with the scheduled greeting feature (which is on our USOC list to
validate.) Along with the DES FID is a ten-digit telephone number that reflects the DID mailbox number.
The DES FID along with the ten-digit telephone number is provided in the Feature Detail section on the
LSR.. The PO-20 review will validate that the FID is floated on the service order behind the feature USOC
and that the ten-digit telephone number matches the ten-digit telephone number provided on the LSR.
WL (WLS Warm Line)
Warm line timeout is a FID associated with the warm line feature. Along with the WL T FID is a one or two
numeric value that indicates the number of seconds that must elapse before the DMS-100 switch sets up
the connection for a warm line service number. The WL T FID along with the one or two numeric value is
provided in the Feature Detail section on the LSR. The PO-20 review will validate that the FID is floated
on the service order behind the feature USOC and that the one or two numeric value matches the one or
two numeric value provided on the LSR.
Owest Idaho SGA T Third Revision, Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 108
APPENDIX A (continued)
FIDs associated with WFA (800 service line feature which is on our usee list to validate):
SIT (if provided on LSR for WFA)
Special identifying telephone number is a FID associated with the 800 service line feature. Along
with the SIT FID is a ten-digit telephone number that reflects the 800, 888, 877, or 866 service
line feature. The SIT FID along with the ten-digit telephone number is provided in the Feature
Detail section on the LSR. The PO-20 review will validate that the FID is floated on the service
order behind the feature USCG and that the ten-digit telephone number matches the ten-digit
telephone number provided on the LSR.
SIS (if provided on LSR for WFA)
Special Identifying Telephone Number Supplemental is a FID associated with the 800 service line
feature. The SIS FID along with a one-digit number is provided in the Feature Detail section on
the LSR. The PO-20 review will validate that the FID is floated on the service order behind the
feature USCG and that the one-digit number matches the one-digit number provided on the LSR.
ELN (if provided on LSR for WFA)
800 Service listed name is a FID associated with the 800 service line feature. Along with the ELN
FID is a listed name, which follows the format of a business name. The ELN FID along with the
name is provided in the Feature Detail section on the LSR. The PO-20 review will validate that
the FID is floated on the service order behind the feature USCG and that the name matches thename provided on the LSR.
ELA (if provided on LSR for WFA)
800 listed address is a FID associated with the 800 service line feature. Along with the ELA FID
is an address, which follows the format of a listed address plus LATA, State, and ZIP code. The
ELA FID along with the address is provided in the Feature Detail section on the LSR. The PO-
review will validate that the FID is floated on the service order behind the feature USCG and that
the address matches the address provided on the LSR.
ADS (if provided on LSR for WFA)
Area of service is a FID associated with the 800 service line feature. Along with the AOS FID are
one to two alphanumeric characters and three numeric characters which represents LATA and
AC of the address. The AOS FID along with the additional characters are provided in the Feature
Detail section on the LSR. The PO-20 review will validate that the FID is floated on the service
order behind the feature USCG and that the additional characters match the additional characters
provided on the LSR.
ALC (if provided on LSR forWFA)
IntraLATA carrier is a FID associated with the 800 service line feature. It indicates the IntraLATA
carrier for the 800 service. Along with the ALC FID is the three-digit code (OTC) for the
IntraLA T A carrier. The ALC FID along with the three-digit code is provided in the Feature Detail
section on the LSR. The PO-20 review will validate that the FID is floated on the service order
behind the feature USCG and that the three-digit code matches the three-digit code provided on
the LSR.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision , Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 1 09
APPENDIX A (continued)
Resale and UNE-P Centrex 21
FIDs associated with 503, 505, 5FB, C2T AX (Electronic Business Set U50Cs which are on our
U50C list to validate):
KEY (If provided on LSR for Electronic Business Set EBS USOCs)
Key Designation (KEY number) is a FID associated with the Electronic Business Set feature.
Along with the KEY FID is a numeric value that indicates the key designated for different features
or lines on the EBS. The KEY FID along with the numeric value is provided in the Feature Detail
section on the lSR. The PO-20 review will validate that the FID is floated on the service order
behind the feature USOC and that the numeric value matches the numeric value provided on the
lSR.
MADN (If provided on LSR for Electronic Business Set EBS USOCs)
Multiple Appearance Directory Number Call Arrangement is a FID associated with the Electronic
Business Set feature. Along with the MADN FID is a set of alpha values that indicate the type
appearance and ring status desired for different features or lines on the EBS. The KEY FID along
with the alpha values is provided in the Feature Detail section on the lSR. The PO-20 review will
validate that the FID is floated on the service order behind the feature USOC and that the alpha
values match the alpha values provided on the lSR.
ROL (If provided on LSR for Electronic Business Set EBS USOCs)
Ring On Line is a FID associated with the Electronic Business Set feature. Along with the HOl
FID is an alpha value that indicates if the line will ring (Y or N). The ROl FID along with the alpha
value is provided in the Feature Detail section on the lSR. The PO-20 review will validate that the
FID is floated on the service order behind the feature USOC and that the alpha value matches the
alpha value provided on the lSR.
TTYD (If provided on LSR for C2T AX)
Terminal Type is a FID associated with the adjunct module feature. Along with the TTYD FID is a
4 character alpha value based on customer equipment. The TTYD FID along with the 4 character
alpha value is provided in the Feature Detail section on the lSR. The PO-20 review will validate
that the FID is floated on the service order behind the feature USOC and that the 4 character
alpha value matches the 4 character alpha value provided on the lSR.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision , Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 110
APPENDIX A (continued)
FIDs associated with E3PPK (CALL PICK-UP feature which is on our USOC list to validate):
CPG (If provided on LSR for E3PPK)
Call Pickup Group is a FID associated with the CALL PICK-UP feature. Along with the CPG FID
is a 1-3 digit numeric value that identifies the call pickup group. The CPG FID along with the 1-
digit numeric value is provided in the Feature Detail section on the LSR. The PO-20 review will
validate that the FID is floated on the service order behind the feature USCG and that the 1-
digit numeric value matches the 1-3 digit numeric value provided on the LSR.
CPUO (If provided on LSR for E3PPK)
Call Pickup-Originating is a FID associated with the CALL PICK-UP feature. Along with the
CPUO FID is an alphanumeric value that identifies the call pickup group. The CPUO FID along
with the alphanumeric value is provided in the Feature Detail section on the LSR. The PO-
review will validate that the FID is floated on the service order behind the feature USCG and that
the alphanumeric value matches alphanumeric value provided on the LSR.
CPUT (If provided on LSR for E3PPK)
Call Pickup-Terminating is a FID associated with the GALL PICK-UP feature. Along with the
CPUT FID is an alphanumeric value that identifies the call pickup group. The CPUT FID along
with the alphanumeric value is provided in the Feature Detail section on the LSR. The PO-
review will validate that the FID is floated on the service order behind the feature USCG and that
the alphanumeric value matches alphanumeric value provided on the LSR.
FIDs associated with GVJ, EZJ, GVZ, GV2, EVH, GVV (Speed Call feature USOCs that are on our
USOC list to validate):
SCG (If provided on LSR for Speed call USOCs)
Speed Call Group is a FID associated with the Speed call feature. Along with the SCG FID is a 7
digit numeric value that identifies the controller of the group. The SCG FID along with the 7 digit
numeric value is provided in the Feature Detail section on the LSR. The PO-20 review will
validate that the FID is floated on the service order behind the feature USCG and that the 7 digit
numeric value matches 7 digit numeric value provided on the LSR.
CSt (If provided on LSR for Speed call USOCs)
Change Speed Calling Group List is a FID associated with the Speed call feature. Along with the
CSL FID is a 2 digit numeric value that identifies the size of the group list. The SCG FID along
with the 7 digit numeric value is provided in the Feature Detail section on the LSR. The PO~20
review will validate that the FID is floated on the service order behind the feature USCG and that
the 2 digit numeric value matches 2 digit numeric value provided on the LSR.
SCF (If provided on LSR for Speed call USOCs)
Speed Calling Feature Name is a FID associated with the Speed call feature. Along with the SCF
FID is an alphanumeric value that identifies the controller of the shared list, The SCF FID along
with the alphanumeric value is provided in the Feature Detail section on the LSR. The PO-
review will validate that the FID is floated on the service order behind the feature USCG and that
the alphanumeric value matches alphanumeric value provided on the LSR.
Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision , Sixth Amended Exhibit B September 15, 2004 Page 111
EXHIBIT C
RESERVED FOR FUTURE USE
Resale Template
EXHIBIT D
RESERVED FOR FUTURE USE
Resale Template
EXHIBIT E
RESERVED FOR FUTU RE USE
Resale Template
EXHIBIT F
RESERVED FOR FUTURE USE
Resale Template
Resale Template 1-
EXHIBIT G
RESERVED FOR FUTURE USE
- :-.
EXHIBIT H
RESERVED FOR FUTURE USE
Resale Template
EXHIBIT I
RESERVED FOR FUTURE USE
Resale Template
EXHIBIT J
RESERVED FOR FUTURE USE
Resale Template